ADDENDUM #3 - OnlineAgencycontent.onlineagency.com/sites/85188/pdf/fshisd... · DRAWINGS: (Ft. Sam...

Stantec Architecture Inc.1344 South Flores Street Suite 201San Antonio TX 78204-1672Tel: (210) 223-9588Fax: (210) 223-9589

ADDENDUM #3

07/22/2014

TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FORRENOVATION AND ADDITION TOFT. SAM HOUSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL&RENOVATION AT COLE HIGH SCHOOLFt. Sam HoustonSan Antonio, TX 7-22-14

NOTE:If you have questions about this project, please contact:Edward Rodriguez, Project Manager at SHW Group, [email protected]

orWanira [email protected]

This Addendum is generally separated into sections for convenience; however, all contractors,subcontractors, material suppliers and other involved parties shall be responsible for reading the entireAddendum. Failure to list an item(s) in all affected sections of this Addendum does not relieve any partyaffected from performing per instructions, provided the information is set forth one time anywhere in theAddendum.

This document shall become attached to and part of the Construction Documents for the aforementionedproject.

BID DATE and TIME: July 29, 2014 at 2:30 pm

DELIVER PROPOSALS TO:Office of SHW Group, LLP1344 South Flores StreetSuite 201San Antonio, Texas 78204

Ft. Sam Houston ISDAddendum #3 of 7

GENERAL ITEMS:1. The Bid Form is revised and reissued in its entirety.

2. ELECTRICALa. DEDUCT ALTERNATE: Metal Clad Cable (MC) for branch circuits shall be permitted as

described here in. MC shall comply with N.E.C, NEMA Std RV 1 – 2008 and NationalArmored Cable Manufacturers Association (NACMA). Metal Clad (MC) Cable is acceptablefor branch circuits and non-homeruns only. All MC cables shall be installed concealedwithin ceiling and wall cavities. All MC cables shall be installed in a workmanlike mannerusing right angles, parallel and perpendicular runs along the building lines. All MC cablesshall be supported and derated as required by code. All homeruns, “feeders” (as definedby N.E.C.), and branch circuits installed in visible application shall be installed in“hardpipe” raceway. Metal Clad (MC) Cable shall be supported as required by code,NEMA Std RV 1 -2008, and NACMA and shall be installed as described herein. MC cableshall be supported independent from ceiling systems.

b. Provide additional new circuit breakers in available spaces in panelboard as describedherein in addendum #2. Connect all circuits per feeder and branch circuit schedules onsheet E401 and provide disconnect switch where indicated per motor circuiting sizingschedule on sheet E401, U.N.O.

c. Where “PCX” or “PCA” photo cells are installed, provide an additional 10’ of cable slack torelocate photocell as necessary in field.

3. CLARIFICATION: The owner intends to issue one contract to one contractor for work at both Cole HighSchool and Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School.

4. CLARIFICATION: An overhead lift system is required at Cole High School-Life Skills area. The Basis ofDesign for this product is:

Likorall 200 – Manufactured by LikoProduct Number: 3121001Product name: Likorall 200Color: Natural (Aluminium)Max. Load: 200 kg (440 lbs)Weight: 12.5 kg (27.6 lbs)Lifting speed: 5 cm/s (2 inch/s)Emergency lowering: ElectricalRemote Control: No

5. CLARIFICATION: The Asbestos Abatement documents, issued under Addendum #1 contain referencesto work at the Ft. Sam Houston ISD Athletic Stadium. There is no work at the Athletic Stadium under thisproject.

6. CLARIFICATION: Ft. Sam Houston ISD will not require a construction superintendent to be on siteat both project locations (Cole High School and Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School). The contractor shalldetermine how to best staff and manage the project.


7. CLARIFICATION: Any SAWS impact fees, if applicable, will be paid for by the owner.

8. CLARIFICATION: The intent of two base bids, as described in the Bid Form, is to allow the owner totrack funds associated with each base bid.

9. CLARIFICATION: A. The substantial completion date for Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School is. June 30, 2015.B. The substantial completion date for Cole High School is February 28, 2015.

10. CLARIFICATION: Refer to Sheet CD01 – Existing brick landscape planter is to be removed as part ofdemolition. Work shall include cutting and capping any utility services (water,electric) serving the planter. Electric lines shall be removed to the first junction boxinside the building.

- Existing communications line shall be protected. Refer to MEP plans for additionalrequirements.

- Existing air conditioner units shall be removed. Refer to MEP Plans for additionalrequirements.

- Trees outside of the building footprint shall be protected from damage.

11. CLARIFICATION: Refer to Sheet C201 “Sewer Service Note” – The base bid for the sanitary sewerwork shall include removing the existing grease trap, extending a new 6” sewer at1.00 %, installing a new 1,000 gallon grease trap, and connecting the new 6” lineto the lateral from the classroom addition and connecting to the existing sewerlateral. If excavation of the existing lateral (conducted prior to the start of anysewer work) reveals that the existing lateral is too shallow to allow the plannedwork to take place the contractor will be authorized to proceed with the workcovered by Alternate Number 4. This work will include extending the new 6” sewerout to Williams Drive and connecting to the existing stack in the pavement. Anyadjustment of the stack along with pavement repairs (in accordance withpavement repair detail on sheet C310), fittings, landscape restoration, barricadesand the pipe installation shall be included in the bid price for the Alternate.

SPECIFICATIONS:1. CLARIFICATION: Specification Section “078446-Fire Resistive Joint Systems” is deleted from the biddocuments.

2. CLARIFICATION: Addendum #1 issued Specification Sections. Some bidders did not receive theSpecifications issued under Addendum. These specifications are issued again under this Addendum #3.

The following specification sections are issued in their entirety014339 Mock-up Submittals (Roofing)044300 Stone Masonry087100 Finish Hardware


122113 Horizontal Louver Blinds235533 Fuel-Fired Boilers321210 HMAC Tack and Prime Coats

3. The following specification section is revised and issued as part of this addendum.012100 – Allowances

4. The following specification section is issued as part of this addendum.102123 – Cubicle Curtains and Track

5. CLARIFICATION: Refer to Specification Section 27 41 17. The specified video projector fromMitsubishi XD560U is now out of production.

Provide a video projector as follows:SECTION 27 41 17 - INTEGRATED AUDIO-VIDEO SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT FORCLASSROOMS

Replace Article 2.3 Fixed Equipment - 2. Projector A1 with the information below

Provide an Epson PowerLite 935W WXGA 3LCDSpecifications:Projection System: Epson 3LCD, 3-chip technologyProjection Method: Front / rear / ceiling mountDriving Method: Epson Poly-silicon TFT Active MatrixPixel Number: 1,024,000 dots (1280 x 800) x 3Color Brightness (Color Light Output): 3700 lumens1

White Brightness (White Light Output): 3700 lumens1

Aspect Ratio: 16:10Native Resolution: 1280 x 800 (WXGA)Resize: 640 x 480 (VGA), 800 x 600 (SVGA), 1024 x 768 (XGA), 1152 x 864 (SXGA), 1280 x960 (SXGA2), 1280 x 1024 (SXGA3), 1360 x 768 (WXGA 60-2), 1440 x 900 (WXGA+), 1400x 1050 (SXGA+), 1600 x 1200 (UXGA) 1680 x 1050 (WXGA+60)Lamp Type: E-TORL™ 275 W UHELamp Life: ECO mode: Up to 4000 hours2

Normal mode: Up to 3000 hours2

Throw Ratio Range: 1.38 – 2.24Size (projected distance): 29" – 280" (0.84 – 8.4 m)Keystone Correction: Automatic: Vertical: ±30 degrees Manual: Horizontal: ±30 degreesContrast Ratio: Up to 2000:1Color Reproduction: Up to 1.07 billion colorsColor Processing: 10 bit

LensType: Manual optical zoom / Manual focusF-number: 1.51 – 1.99Focal Length: 18.2 mm – 29.2 mm


Zoom Ratio: Optical zoom 1.0 – 1.6

Display Performance: NTSC: 480 lines PAL: 576 lines(Depends on observation of the multi-burst pattern)Input Signal: NTSC / NTSC4.43 / PAL / M-PAL / N-PAL / PAL60 / SECAMInterfaces: Computer / Component video: D-sub 15 pin x 2 S-video: Mini DIN x 1 Composite video: RCA (Yellow) x 1 Audio in: RCA x 1 (L and R), mini stereo x 2 USB connector: Type B x 1 (USB display, audio and mouse control) USB connector: Type A x 1 (USB memory / document camera) HDMI x 1 RJ-45 x 1 Serial: RS-232c x 1 Monitor out: D-sub 15 pin x 1 Audio out: Mini stereo x 1 Microphone: Mini stereo x 1 Wireless LAN port: 802.11 b/g/n (optional — module sold separately)Speaker: 16 W monauralOperating Temperature: 41° to 95° F (5° to 35° C)Power Supply Voltage: 100 – 240V ±10%, 50 / 60HzPower Consumption: Normal mode: 403 W Communication off: 0.3 W standbyFan Noise: ECO mode: 35 dB Normal mode: 39 dBSecurity: Kensington®-style lock provision Padlock and security cable hole Password protect function

DRAWINGS: (Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School)

1. ITEM D3-1: SHEET G011 – REVISE SHEET G011 in its entirety. Clarified Sheet Index and Alternate Bid.

2. ITEM D3-2: SHEET AS02 – REVISE SHEET AS02 in its entirety.

3. ITEM D3-3: DETAIL C1/A004 – REVISE/REPLACE C1 with SK-1 Attachment.Wall type 54, replace 1” rigid insulation with 1 ½” rigid insulation.Replace 1” Z furring with 1 ½” Z furring.


Wall type 61, replace 1” Z furring with 7/8” hat channelWall type 64, replace 1” Z furring with 1 ½” Z furring

4. ITEM D3-4: SHEET A111 – ADD Note 4 (Renovation Key Notes) on all existing doors at the CafetoriumRoom A125.

5. ITEM D3-5: SHEET A112 – REVISE/REPLACE SHEET A112 in its entirety.

6. ITEM D3-6: DETAIL D1/A201 – REVISE Metal Coping note to Brick Cap coping

7. ITEM D3-7: DETAIL F1/A201 – REVISE Plaster note to Existing Concrete to remain.

8. ITEM D3-8: SHEET A202 – REVISE/REPLACE SHEET A202 in its entirety for graphics legibility and textnotes clarification.

9. ITEM D3-9: DETAIL A5/A301 – REVISE/REPLACE Callout tag D5/A321 with G4/A303.

10. ITEM D3-10: DETAIL F5/A301 – REVISE/REPLACE Callout tag C8/A311with C8/A312.

11. ITEM D3-11: DETAIL A9 & C9/A322 – ADD Details, reference SK-2 Attachment.

12. ITEM D3-12: DETAIL G7/A323 – ADD Detail, reference SK-3 Attachment.

13. ITEM D3-13: DETAIL A8/A411 – REVISE Guardrail graphics to indicate continuous guardrail at stairsand guardrail wrap around at ramp column, reference SK-4 Attachment.

14. ITEM D3-14: DETAIL E6/A411 – REVISE/ADD Text notes for finish materials shall be, Raised HardwoodOAK Finish. Text note for low stage wall finish shall be, Plastic Laminate over ½” Plywood substrate onmetal stud frame. Add Floor Base note, reference SK-5 Attachment.

15. ITEM D3-15: SHEET A610 – REVISE/REPLACE SHEET A610 in its entirety for graphics & noteslegibility.

16. ITEM D3-16: DETAIL D9 & E9/A631 – REVISE Detail ceiling cloud gyp bd. furr-down design conditionto delete 2” recess dimension and provide a flush gyp bd. ceiling level with furr-down.

17. ITEM D3-17: SHEET A710 – REVISE/REPLACE SHEET A710 in its entirety for graphics legibility andelevation tags clarification.

18. ITEM D3-18: SHEET A801 – REVISE/REPLACE SHEET A801 in its entirety for graphics legibility andtext notes clarification.

19. ITEM D3-19: DETAIL E1/A811 – REVISE Existing wall tile note to remain and to be repainted,coordinate color with Architect.


20. ITEM D3-20: DETAIL E3/A811 – ADD Note for Projection Screen. REVISE wall finish tag from P1 toPLAM wall finish.

21. ITEM D3-21: DETAIL F1/A822 – DELETE Detail A (detail not used).

22. ITEM D3-22: DETAIL B1/A822 – REVISE Dimension to indicate wall clearance, reference SK-6Attachment.

23. ITEM D3-23: DETAIL B3/A822 – REVISE Desk Elevation to indicate PLAM enclosure finish, referenceSK-7 Attachment.

24. ITEM D3-24: DETAIL A5/A822 – ADD Elevation view of Library Casework, reference SK-8 Attachment.

DRAWINGS: (Ft. Sam Houston Cole High School)

25. ITEM D3-25: SHEET G011 – REVISE Sheet in its entirety.

26. ITEM D3-26: SHEET AD11 – DELETE Demolition note 7 from door along grid X-D and between gridX03 and X04.

27. ITEM D3-27: SHEET AD11 – REVISE Demolition Keynote 5 to read: Remove existing ceiling grid,ceiling tile, lighting and flooring. Refer with Addendum 1 for details of asbestos abatement.

28. ITEM D3-28: SHEET A801 – ADD to Specific Room Finish Schedule Remarks, add note 10 to read:Refer detail C1/A401 for wall tile pattern.

29. ITEM D3-29: SHEET A801 – REVISE Replace Room Finish Schedule, reference SK-9 Attachment.

END OF ADDENDUM #3 NARRATIVE

Stantec Architecture Inc.

1344 South Flores Street Suite 201

San Antonio TX 78204-1672

Tel: (210) 223-9588

Fax: (210) 223-9589

ADDENDUM #3

RENOVATION AND ADDITION TO FT. SAM HOUSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL & RENOVATION AT COLE HIGH SCHOOL

NOTE:

BID DATE and TIME: July 24, 2014 at 2:30 pm DELIVER PROPOSALS TO:

Office of SHW Group, LLP

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

7/22/2014

RCSP ATTACHMENT A-1 OFFEROR'S PROPOSAL-ALL PROJECTS

TO: BOARD OF TRUSTEES FT. SAM HOUSTON INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

This Proposal is submitted by _____________________________________, whose address is ________________________________________, (hereafter called "Offeror"), for the following: Base Bid 1 - Proposal: RENOVATION AND ADDITION TO FT. SAM HOUSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – APPROXIMATELY 6,790 SQUARE FEET OF RENOVATION AREA AND 19,559 SQUARE FEET OF BUILDING ADDITION Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of ____________________________________, Dollars ($ ), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Base Bid 2 - Proposal: RENOVATION OF FORMER CAFETERIA SPACE INTO CLASSROOMS – APPROXIMATELY 8,418 SQUARE FEET. Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of ____________________________________, Dollars ($ ), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 1 – Proposal: Window Replacement at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Replacement of existing windows with new windows and structural upgrades/reinforcements to accommodate the new windows. New windows and structural upgrades/reinforcement will require adherence to the federal government design standards of Anti-Terrorism Force Protection guidelines. Includes associated asbestos abatement. Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects").

INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS 00 21 13 APPENDIX B

Alternate 2 – Proposal: Plam Panel as Detailed on Sheet A721-detail A5; Also Shown on Sheet 812 at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 3 – Proposal: The Re-Roofing of Existing Cafeteria as detailed on Sheet A141-detail F3 at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Removal of existing roof system and installation of a new roof system. Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 4 – Proposal: Work Associated with Sewer Work – Refer to “Sewer Service Note” on Sheet C201 at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Depth of existing sewer service is not known. Contractor shall base his bid on the assumption that the service is deep enough to all for modifications shown. The scope of work associated with this alternate shall include relaying the sewer service out to the existing vertical stack, adjusting the stack as required and repairing the pavement in Williams Drive. Cleanouts shall be required at all bends. Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 5 – Proposal: Aluminum Feeders per Specification Section 26 05 19(2.1)(G at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects").


Alternate 6 – Proposal: Metal Clad Cable per description in Addendum #3 Documents at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 7 – Proposal: Underground Electrical Feeder per Drawing E003, Key Note #2 at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 8 – Proposal: Aluminum Feeders per Specification Section 26 05 19(2.1)(G at Cole High School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects"). Alternate 9 – Proposal: Metal Clad Cable per description in Addendum #3 Documents at Cole High School: Offeror agrees to furnish for the total sum of __________________________ Dollars ($___ __), all labor, services, materials, tools, equipment and supervision necessary to the full and final completion of the project, and everything incidental thereto, as shown on the Drawings and/or stated in the Specifications, or property inferable therefrom, all in accordance with the Contract Documents governing the construction of the project prepared by SHW Group now STANTEC. ("Architects").


Offeror represents that, prior to preparing this Proposal, he or she has carefully read the Contract Documents, examined the site of the Project, and had made an investigation such that he or she is fully informed of the conditions, facilities, difficulties, restrictions and requirements which he will, or may encounter in the completion of the Project in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. Offeror acknowledges receipt of Addenda Nos. _____ through _____ and that the Proposals contained herein are offered in after review and consideration of same. To the best of the Offeror’s knowledge no Addenda have been issued. The Offeror proposes the following substitutions, if any, to the Technical Specifications requested by the District: Executed on ___________________________, 2014. Offeror: [Provide full name and business structure of Offeror]

Signature Printed Name, Title

Note: If Offeror is a Joint Venture, an authorized signature from a representative of each party is required

Elementary School/Cole High School SHW Group Project Nos.: 4512.013.00/ 4512.014.00 Renovations and Addition Issued as Part of Addendum #3 Ft. Sam Houston ISD

ALLOWANCES 012100 - Page 1 of 2 ©2014 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing handling and processing allowances.

1. Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases, their installation are shown and specified in the

Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. Additional requirements, if necessary, will be issued by Change Order.

B. Types of allowances required include the following:

1. Owner’s Contingency Allowance. 2. Signage and Graphics Allowance. 3. Landscape Allowance

C. Allowance amounts shall be transferable to other allowances as directed by the Architect. D. Procedures for submitting and handling Unit Prices are included in Section "Unit Prices". E. Procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders are included in Section "Modification Procedures." F. Use of allowances for inspection and testing agencies is included in Section "Quality Control Services."

1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest feasible date after Contract award, advise the Architect of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed in order to avoid delay in performance of the Work.

1. When requested by the Architect, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections;

include recommendations that are relevant to performance of the Work. 2. Purchase products and systems as selected by the Architect from the designated service organization or

supplier. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.

B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment

of each allowance. 1.5 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES

A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed for the Owner's purposes, and only by Contingency Fund Change Orders which designate amounts to be charged to the allowance.

1. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will not include the Contractor's

related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins. Contractor shall include in base bid, Contractor's overhead, profit, insurance, bond and other direct cost.

2. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order or transfer the remaining amounts to other allowances as directed by the Architect.


ALLOWANCES 012100 - Page 2 of 2 ©2014 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

3. The Contractor's related costs for products or equipment ordered by the Owner under the contingency allowance, including delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs are not part of the Contract Sum.

1.6 UNUSED MATERIALS

A. Return unused materials to the manufacturer or supplier for credit to the Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.

B. Where it is not economically feasible to return unused material for credit and when requested by the Architect,

prepare unused material for the Owner's storage, and deliver to the Owner's storage space as directed. Otherwise, disposal of excess material is the Contractor's responsibility.

1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING ALLOWANCES

A. Inspection and testing allowances include the cost of engaging the inspection or testing agencies and costs for reporting the results as well as costs for the actual inspections and tests.

B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency, or costs for retesting upon

failure of previous tests and inspections. The allowance also does not include costs of services not required by the Contract Documents.

1. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the inspection and testing allowance to Owner by

Change Order. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION

A. Inspect products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects. 3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related construction activities.

3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance No. 1 – Owner’s Contingency: Include a contingency allowance of $350,000.00 for use upon the Owner's instructions.

a. This Allowance shall be divided as follows: i. $60,000.00 Allowance for work at Cole High School ii. $290,000.00 Allowance for work at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary

B. Allowance No. 2 – Signage and Graphics: Include the lump sum of $15,000.00 for the provision and installation of

interior signs as directed by the Architect. a. This Allowance shall be divided as follows:

i. $5,000.00 Allowance for work at Cole High School ii. $10,000.00 Allowance for work at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary

C. Allowance No. 3 – Landscape: Include the lump sum of $75,000.00 for landscaping related items, to include

removal of existing trees, replacement of trees that are removed, restoration of existing landscape areas disturbed during construction; Tree replacement, shall be in accordance with the City of San Antonio Landscape Ordinance with regards to the removal of existing trees.

a. This Allowance shall be divided as follows: i. $5,000.00 Allowance for work at Cole High School ii. $70,000.00 Allowance for work at Ft. Sam Houston Elementary

END OF SECTION 012100

Elementary School/Cole High School SHW Group Project Nos.: 4512.013.00/ 4512.014.00 Renovations and Addition June 25, 2014 Ft. Sam Houston ISD

MOCK-UP SUBMITTALS 01 43 39 - Page 1 of 4 ©2014 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

SECTION 01 43 39 - MOCK-UP SUBMITTALS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. An Envelope Pre-construction meeting shall be held with all of the subcontractors responsible for erecting the envelope related materials.

B. Work includes: Constructing mock-up, including all reviewed submittals required by the Contract Documents, to

establish compliance with the design intent as well as the specified requirements to provide a complete and watertight facility.

C. Providing a photo manifest of as-built conditions as the mock-up is being constructed. Photos shall be kept at

the job site during construction for reference. D. Mock-up fabrication must be completed and reviewed and approved by the Owner and Architect prior to starting

installation of envelope material.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Coordination of product submittals and construction installation: 1. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. 2. Verify that each item being submitted is in conformance in all respects with the specified requirements. 3. By affixing the Contractor's signature to each submittal for the mock-up, the contractor certifies that this

coordination has been performed. 4. Contractor shall construct the site built mock-up with the same manner of specified construction as the

new construction. 5. Contractor shall construct the site built mock-up with the same workmanship and quality as being

implemented on the new construction. 6. All material to be installed shall be reviewed by architect and consultants for conformance.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS

A. Build mock-ups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Mock-ups construction shall be coordinated by the General Contractor and constructed by the subcontractor responsible for the actual construction work. All conditions and materials to be used on the job shall be included in the mock-up. Build mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work.

B. Contractor shall start the construction of the mock-up based on, but not limited to, the following list:

1. Foundation if subgrade is present 2. Waterproofing membrane 3. Damproofing material 4. Flexible Through-Wall Flashing Membrane 5. Metal Through-Wall Flashing 6. Preformed Flashing Pieces 7. Face Brick with Mortar and Weeps 8. CMU with Mortar and Weeps 9. Wall Ties 10. Weather Barrier 11. Portland Cement Plaster 12. Metal Panels, Wall and Soffit 13. Metal Roof Panels 14. Low Slope Roof System 15. Weeps 16. Window Unit 17. Louver Unit

ERodriguez

Text Box

ISSUED AS PART OF ADDENDUM #1



C. Samples and Manufacturer's Submittals: Submit prior to delivery or installation.

1. Samples of all building system components including all specified accessories. 2. Submit samples of proposed warranties complete with any addenda necessary to meet the warranty

requirements as specified. 3. Submit latest edition of manufacturer's specifications and installation procedures. Submit only those

items applicable to this project. 4. A written statement from the materials manufacturer approving the installer, specifications and drawings

as described and/or shown for this project and stating the intent to guarantee the completed project. 5. Follow submitted shop drawings, product data of all sheet metal.

D. Scale and Measurements: Make Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large enough to show all

pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the work. E. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Provide manufacturer's approved details of all conditions, projection

conditions, and any additional special job conditions which require details other than indicated in the drawings.

1. Manufacturer's Details: All termination details and other details normally required by the manufacturer's Technical Specifications, including both standard details and special details, shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be approved in writing by the manufacturer, the company project manager, and the Owner's representative prior to final installation.

F. Provide manufacturer's approved details, of all perimeter conditions, project conditions, and any additional

special job conditions which require details other than indicated in the drawings. 2.2 MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE

A. Work provided on the mock-up shall follow all of the submitted literature from manufacturers. B. Manufacturer’s literature shall be the minimum for basis of design and shall be in conjunction with construction

documents. All manufacturers' warranties shall remain in effect as specified.

2.3 SAMPLES

A. Provide sample or samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. 2.4 COLORS AND PATTERNS

A. Unless the precise color and pattern are specifically called out in the Contract Documents, and whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in the specified products, submit accurate color and pattern charts to the Architect/Project Manager for selection.

B. Contractor shall coordinate with Architect for exact layout or design of patterns and textures and how they are

to be installed on the mock-up. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS

A. Contractor shall install all materials on mock-up in same manner required for the main structure. Refer to specification sections for basis of design of all material being installed on this mock-up.

B. Contractor shall maintain a photo manifest of mock-up construction for Architect and Owner to review. C. Quality of installation is of utmost importance and shall be monitored for completeness and conformance. D. Once mock-up is complete, it shall be reviewed by the Architect and Owner’s Representative for conformance to

construction documents. E. Contractor shall install material in same sequencing as required by industry standards.



3.2 INSTALLATION OF WINDOWS AND ASSOCIATED FLASHING

A. Installer shall coordinate the installation of the window with associated trades to maintain proper compatibility of material.

B. Installation shall be in accordance with referencing specifications. C. Install all perimeters flashing as detailed to create a sealed and watertight condition. D. Once window and flashing has been installed, Contractor shall notify Architect, Owner and Consultants for

review for conformance and shall provide a water test of all wall flashing. Contractor shall notify Architect, Owner and Consultants to observe the testing. All tests shall be in accordance with referencing specifications.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF FLASHING AT THROUGH-WALL LOCATION

A. Installer shall coordinate the installation of the wall flashing with associated trades to maintain proper compatibility of material.

B. Installation shall be in accordance with referencing specifications. C. Once flashing has been installed, Contractor shall notify Architect, Owner and Consultants for review for

conformance and shall provide a water test of all wall flashing. Contractor shall notify Architect, Owner and Consultants to observe the testing. All tests shall be in accordance with referencing specifications.

END OF SECTION 01 43 39



-- This page intentionally left blank --

Elementary School/Cole High School SHW Group Project Nos.: 4512.013.00/ 4512.014.00Renovations and Addition June 25, 2014Ft. Sam Houston ISD

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00 - 1©2014 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

SECTION 04 43 00- STONE MASONRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions andDivision 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Stone masonry veneer anchored to cold-formed metal framing and sheathing.2. Stone masonry veneer anchored to concrete back-up.3. Stone unit masonry.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Division 4 Section “Reinforced Unit Masonry”,2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for insulation, concealed flashing, horizontal joint

reinforcement, anchors, and ties installed in both unit masonry and stone masonry veneer.3. Division 5 Section “Metal Fabrications” for loose steel lintels.4. Division 5 Section “Metal Fabrications for angle extensions for masonry wire anchors.5. Division 7 Section “Bituminous Dampproofing” for dampproofing applied to cavity face of backup wythes of

cavity walls.6. Division 7 Section “Water Repellents” for water repellents applied to stone unit masonry assemblies.7. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing, Trim and Accessories" for exposed sheet metal flashing installed

in stone masonry veneer.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and other manufactured product specified.

1. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include data on physical properties required by referencedASTM standards. Also include data indicating stone supplied is quarried in compliance with applicableenvironmental regulations.

B. Stone Samples for Verification: Sets for each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required. Include 2 ormore Samples in each set showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics.

C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate theircapabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names andaddresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

D. Cleaning Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, equipment, and siste cleanup procedures tobe used. Provide with letters of approval from stone and cleaning material manufacturers regarding thecompatibility of proposed use of products together for cleaning purposes.


A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed stone masonry veneer similar inmaterial, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-serviceperformance.

B. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone from a single quarry with resources to providematerials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the work.

1. Obtain each variety of stone from a single quarry, whether specified in this Section or in another Section ofthe Specifications.

C. Source Limitations for Mortar and Grout Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality for each

ERodriguez

Text Box




cementitious component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer.

D. Mockups: Prior to installing stone masonry, construct mockups to verify selections made under SampleSubmittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Mockups shall bebuilt by the Subcontractor responsible for the Project Work. Build mockups to comply with the followingrequirements, using all conditions and materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Locate mockups on-site in the locations indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Coordinatemockups with mockups for Division 4 Section “Unit Masonry Assemblies”.

2. Build mockups for the following types of masonry in sizes approximately 96 inches (2400 mm) long by 96inches (2400 mm) high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes and accessories. Include asealant-filled joint at least 16 inches (400 mm) long in each mockup.

a. Each type of exposed stone masonry construction.b. Typical exterior wall with through-wall flashing installed for a 24 inch (600 mm) length in corner of

mockup approximately 16 inches (400 mm) down from top of mockup, with a 12 inch (300 mm) lengthof flashing left exposed to view (omit masonry above half of flashing).

c. Typical exterior wall with window opening, framed with stone trim (where applicable).d. Typical exterior masonry-veneer wall complete with metal studs, sheathing, veneer ties, flashing, and

weep holes.e. Typical interior unit masonry walls of all types included in the Work.

3. Clean exposed faces of mockups with masonry cleaner as indicated.4. Notify Architect 7 days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.6. Protect mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.7. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the

completed Work.8. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone masonry units; relationship of mortar and

sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship. Mockupsshall in all cases represent the level of workmanship to be provided, including the extent of excess mortarto be cleaned from completed masonry.

a. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities specifically approved byArchitect in writing.

b. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documentscontained in mockups, unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing.

9. When directed, demolish and remove mockups from Project site.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to Project site in undamaged condition.

B. Store and handle stone and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperaturechanges, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping, or other causes.

C. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.

D. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can bemaintained and contamination avoided.

E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproofsheeting at the end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone masonry veneer when construction isnot in progress.

B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil to prevent them from staining the face of stonemasonry.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the ground andover the wall surface.



2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes,

from mortar droppings.4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar

and dirt on completed stone masonry.

C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Donot build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone masonry veneer damaged by frost orfreezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements:

1. Cold-Weather Construction: When ambient temperature is within limits indicated, use the followingprocedures:

a. 40 to 32 deg F (4 to 0 deg C): Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C).

b. 32 to 25 deg F (0 to minus 4 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperaturesbetween 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry.

c. 25 to 20 deg F (minus 4 to minus 7 deg C): Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortartemperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar above freezing until usedin masonry. Use heat on both sides of walls under construction.

d. 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C) and below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperaturesbetween 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry.Heat stone to 40 deg F (4 deg C). Provide enclosures and use heat on both sides of walls underconstruction to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F (0 deg C) within enclosures.

2. Cold-Weather Protection: When mean daily temperature is within limits indicated, provide the followingprotection:

a. 40 to 25 deg F (4 to minus 4 deg C): Cover masonry with weather-resistant membrane for 48 hoursafter construction.

b. 25 to 20 deg F (minus 4 to minus 7 deg C): Cover masonry with insulating blankets or provideenclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Use windbreaks when windvelocity exceeds 15 mi./h (25 km/h).

c. 20 deg F (minus 7 deg C) and below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32deg F (0 deg C) within enclosure for 48 hours after construction.

3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) andabove and will remain so until stone masonry veneer has dried out, but not less than 7 days aftercompleting cleaning.

D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect stone masonry-veneer work when temperature and humidity conditionsproduce excessive evaporation of water from mortar. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooledmaterials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C) andabove.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STONE SOURCES

A. Basis-of-Design: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone of the following variety and from oneof the following sources (Other sources are acceptable):

1. Initial product selection has been coordinated with Acme Brick Company

2.2 STONE

A. Match Architect's samples for variety, color, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to aesthetic effects.

2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS



A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction.Provide natural color, white, or a blend to produce mortar color indicated.

B. Low-Alkali Cement: Portland cement for use with limestone shall contain not more than 0.60 percent total alkaliwhen tested according to ASTM C 114.

C. MASONRY CEMENT SHALL NOT BE USED.

D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

E. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as indicated below:

1. For joints narrower than 1/4 inch (6 mm), use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18mm) sieve.

2. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve.3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural, white sand or ground, white stone.

F. AIR ENTRAINMENT ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED.

G. ANTIFREEZING ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT BE USED.

H. Water: Potable.

2.4 ADJUSTABLE STONE MASONRY-VENEER ANCHORS

A. General: Provide 2-piece assemblies allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between veneer andwall framing parallel to plane of wall but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it, forattachment over sheathing to metal studs, and with the following structural performance characteristics:

B. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100 lbf (445 N) load in either tension orcompression without developing play or deforming more than 0.05 inch (1.3 mm).

C. Materials: Provide masonry-veneer anchors of the following materials and thicknesses, unless otherwiseindicated:

1. Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating.

a. Wire Diameter: 0.1875 inch (4.8 mm).

2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, Z180), commercial-quality, steel sheet zinccoated by hot-dip process on continuous lines before fabrication.

a. Thickness: 0.0785 inch (2.0 mm).

3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M), cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet hot-dip galvanizedafter fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 or B-3, as applicable.

a. Steel Thickness: 0.0747 inch (1.9 mm).

D. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire-tie section and a metal-anchor sectioncomplying with the following requirements:

1. Wire-Tie Shape: Triangular.2. Wire-Tie Length: As required to extend to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of face of stone masonry veneer.3. Anchor Section: Rib-stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 0.0747 inch (1.9 mm)

thick by 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) wide by 3 inches (75 mm) high; fabricated into a T-shape with 2 projectingtabs, 3/4 inch (19 mm) wide by 1 inch (25 mm) long; with slotted holes for connecting vertical legs oftriangular wire tie specially formed to fit anchor section.

4. Anchor Section: Sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom and with raised, rib-stiffened strapstamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for connecting wire tie; of overall sizeindicated below:

a. Plate and Strap Size: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide for plate and 5/8 inch (16 mm) wide for strap, bylengths indicated below; slot clearance formed between face of plate and back of strap at maximumrib projection: 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) plus diameter of wire tie.



1) Plate and Strap Lengths: 6 inches (150 mm) and 3-5/8 inches (92 mm), with both sides of platestiffened by ribs.

5. Anchor Section: Gasketed sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom; top and bottom ends bentto form pronged legs to bridge insulation or sheathing and abut studs; and raised, rib-stiffened strapstamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for connecting wire tie; of overall sizeindicated below:

a. Plate and Strap Size: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 6 inches (150 mm) long for plate, 5/8 inch (16mm) wide by 6 inches (150 mm) long for strap; slot clearance formed between face of plate and backof strap at maximum rib projection: 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) plus diameter of wire tie.

b. Neoprene Gaskets: Screw-attached, masonry-veneer anchor manufacturer's standard closed-cellneoprene gaskets manufactured to fit behind anchor plate and to prevent moisture from penetratingthrough screw holes to steel studs behind sheathing.

6. Anchor Section: Zinc-alloy barrel section with flanged head with eye and corrosion-resistant, self-drillingscrew. Eye designed to receive tie section and to serve as head for drilling fastener into metal stud.Barrel length to suit sheathing thickness, allowing screw to seat directly against metal stud with flangedhead covering hole in sheathing.

E. Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer head and neoprenewasher, No. 10 (4.8 mm) diameter by length required to penetrate steel stud flange by not less than 3 exposedthreads, and with the following corrosion-protective coating:

1. Organic polymer coating with salt-spray resistance to red rust of more than 500 hours per ASTM B 117.

F. Steel Tapping Screws for Concrete Masonry: Self-tapping screws with specially designed threads for tappingand wedging into masonry, with hex washer head and neoprene washer, 3/16-inch (4.8-mm) diameter by 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) length, and with the following corrosion-protective coating:

1. Organic polymer coating with salt-spray resistance to red rust of more than 500 hours per ASTM B 117.

G. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors:

a. D/A 213, Dur-O-Wal, a Hohmann & Barnard company 800-645-0616 www.durowal.comb. Pos-I-Tie; Heckmann Building Products, Inc. 800-621-4140 www.heckmannbuildingprods.comc. DW-10-X, Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 800-645-0616 www.h-b.com

2. Organic-Polymer-Coated, Steel Drill Screws:

a. Dril-Flex; Elco Industries, Inc. 815-397-5151b. Kwik-Flex, Hilti, Inc. 866-445-8827 www.us.hilti.comc. Traxx, ITW Buildex, a Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 800-848-5611 www.itwbuildx.com .d. Perma-Seal Coated Twin-Fast, Rawlplug, part of the Koelner group +44 0141 638 7961

www.rawlplug.com

3. Organic-Polymer-Coated, Masonry Screws:

a. Tapcon, ITW Ramset, a Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 800-241-55640 www.itwramset.comb. Tapcon, ITW Red Head, a Division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 800-348-3231 www.itwredhead.comc. Tapcon, Rawlplug, part of the Koelner group +44 0141 638 7961 www.rawlplug.com

2.5 METAL TIES

A. Wire Ties: Provide ties formed from 0.148 inch (3.8 mm) diameter wire of metal indicated.

1. Galvanized Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2 coating.

2.6 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS

A. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing: Manufacturer's standard product consisting of sheet copper of weightindicated below, coated with flexible asphalt:



1. Weight: 3 oz./sq. ft. (0.9 kg/sq. m).2. Application: Use where flashing is fully concealed in masonry.

B. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing, Trimand Accessories."

C. Adhesive for Flashings: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated.

D. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:

1. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing:

a. Cop-R-Cote, Advanced Building Products, Inc. 800-252-2306 www.advancedflashing.comb. Type ACC-Asphalt Bituminous Coated, Phoenix Building Products 800-825-2878c. Coated Copper Flashing, Sandell Manufacturing 800-283-3888 www.sandellmfg.comd. Multi-Flash 500 Series, York Manufacturing, Inc. 800-551-2828 www.yorkmfg.com

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 1;compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from the following material:

1. Neoprene.2. Urethane.3. PVC.

B. Dampproofing for Limestone: Provide cementitious or bituminous formulations that are recommended by ILIand that are nonstaining to stone, compatible with joint sealants, and noncorrosive to anchors andattachments.

C. Weep Holes: Provide the following:

1. Round Plastic Tubing: Medium-density polyethylene, 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) OD by thickness of stone masonryveneer.

D. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands; of thickness required forproper application.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Workinclude, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Mortar Break; Advanced Building Products, Inc. 800-252-2306 www.advancedflashing.comb. Mortar Net, Mortar Net USA, Ltd. 800-664-6638 www.mortarnet.comc. CavClear Masonry Mat, CavClear Products, a Division of Archovations, Inc. 715-381-5773

www.cavclear.com

E. Setting Buttons: Lead of resilient plastic buttons, non-staining to stone, sized to suit joint thicknesses and beddepths of stonework involved without intruding into required depths of joint sealants or causing third-side adhesionbetween sealant and setting button.

2.8 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2 cup (0.14 L) dry-measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2cup (0.14 L) dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal. (4 L) of water.

2.9 STONE FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate stone in sizes and shapes required to comply with requirements indicated, including detailson Drawings.

B. Stone Masonry Veneer:



1. Thickness of Stone Masonry Veneer: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:

a. Thickness: 4 inches (100 mm) plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm).

2. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face, unless otherwise indicated.3. Shape stone for type of masonry (pattern) indicated:

a. Type of Masonry (Pattern): Match pattern indicated in drawings.

4. Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to matchapproved samples and mockups.

a. Finish: Natural cleft.

C. Carefully inspect stone units at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for appearance,material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment.

2.10MORTAR MIXES

A. General: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions for mix proportions,mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to producemortar of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics.

1. Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellentagents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calciumchloride.

2. Mixing: Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious materials, water, and aggregates in a mechanical batchmixer, unless otherwise indicated. Discard mortar when it has reached initial set.

B. Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, for types of mortar indicatedbelow:

1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement and lime.2. Set stone with Type N mortar.3. Point stone with Type N mortar.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to receive stone masonry, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements forinstallation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of stone masonry veneer.

1. Examine substrate to verify that inserts, reinforcement, veneer ties, flashing, and other items installed inunit masonry or concrete and required for or extending into stone masonry veneer are correctly installed.

2. Examine wall framing, sheathing, and asphalt-saturated felt covering to verify that stud locations aresuitable for spacing of veneer anchors and that installation will result in a weatherproof covering.

3. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, anchors, ties,flashing, and similar items to be built into stone masonry.

B. Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of asphalt-saturated felt before beginning stone installation.

C. Protect stone masonry during erection as follows:

1. Cover tops of walls with nonstaining, waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partiallycompleted structures when work is not in progress. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) downboth sides and hold securely in place.

2. Prevent staining of stone from mortar, grout, sealants, and other sources. Immediately remove such



materials without damaging stone.3. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the ground and

over the wall surface.4. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

D. Clean stone surfaces that have become dirty or stained by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials beforesetting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use onlymild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives.

3.3 SETTING STONE MASONRY, GENERAL

A. Execute stone masonry by skilled masons experienced with the kind and form of stone and installation methodindicated.

1. Arrange stones for good fit, in pattern indicated, with joint widths within tolerances indicated.2. Arrange stones for uniformity of appearance, with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an

evenly blended appearance.

B. Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and otherattachments indicated or necessary to secure stone masonry in place. Set stone accurately in locationsindicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.

C. Maintain uniform joint widths, except for variations due to stone size variations and minor variations required tomaintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joints of the following width.

1. Joint Width: 1/4 inch to 1 inch.

D. Provide expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated.

1. Sealing expansion and other joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."2. Keep expansion joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.

E. Install concealed flashing at lintels, ledges, and similar obstructions to downward flow of water to divert water toexterior.

1. At metal frame walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through the veneer, up face of sheathingat least 8 inches (200 mm), and behind asphalt-saturated felt.

2. At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills,extend flashing 4 inches (100 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form a pan.

3. Cut off flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed.

F. If installing Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing, do not install it adjacent to or in contact with flexible vinyl products(PVC). Maintain separation between these two dissimilar materials.

G. Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate including base of cavity walls, aboveshelf angles, and flashing. Locate weep holes and vents at intervals not exceeding 24 inches (600 mm).

H. Where weep holes are indicated or required, provide open head joints in lieu of weep tubes or other devices,unless otherwise indicated.

I. In cavities, where stone drainage material is used, place cavity drainage stone to a height equal to height offirst course, but not less than 2 inches (50 mm), immediately above top of flashing embedded in wall, asmasonry construction progresses, to splatter mortar droppings and to maintain drainage. For manufactureddrainage materials, install as suggested by manufacturer.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), 3/8 inchin 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), or 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more. For external corners, expansionjoints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or 1/2 inch in40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more.

B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and otherconspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or 1/2 inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) ormore.



C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan and related portion of walls, and partitions, do notexceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet (12 mm in 6 m) or 3/4 inch in 40 feet (19 mm in 12 m) or more.

D. Measure variation from plumb, level, and position shown in plan as the variation of the average plane of theface of each stone from a plumb, level, or dimensioned plane.

E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.

F. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness ofstone.

G. Variation in Plane on Face of Individual Stone: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness ofstone.

3.5 INSTALLING ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER

A. Anchor masonry veneer to unit masonry with adjustable masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the followingrequirements:

1. Fasten each anchor section to unit masonry with 2 fasteners of type indicated.2. Embed tie section in mortar joints to within 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of face.3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 18 inches (457 mm)

o.c. horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervals aroundperimeter not exceeding 12 inches (305 mm).

B. Anchor masonry veneer to framing with adjustable masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the followingrequirements:

1. Fasten each anchor section through sheathing to framing with 2 fasteners of type indicated.2. Embed tie section in mortar joints to within 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of face.3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. vertically and 18 inches (457

mm) o.c. horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches (305 mm) of openings and at intervalsaround perimeter not exceeding 12 inches (305 mm).

C. Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints, unless otherwise indicated. Build anchors and ties intomortar joints as stone is set.

D. Provide 1 inch (25 mm) air space between stone masonry veneer and back-up construction, unless otherwiseindicated. Keep air space free of mortar droppings and debris.

1. Place mortar spots in cavity at anchors and ties to maintain 1-inch (25-mm) spacing.2. Slope beds toward air space to minimize mortar protrusions into air space. As work progresses, trowel

mortar fins protruding into air space flat against back of veneer.

E. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depths of not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm). Rake joints to uniformdepths with square bottoms and clean sides.

3.6 SETTING STONEWORK WITH MORTAR

A. Wet stones which are dry at time of setting by drenching or sponging them with water.

B. Set stones in full bed of mortar with vertical joints slushed full, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Place setting buttons of adequate size, in sufficient quantity, and of same thickness as indicated joint width, toprevent mortar from squeezing out and to maintain uniform joint widths. Hold buttons at least one joint widthback from face of stones.

2. Do not set heavy stones or projecting courses until mortar in courses below has hardened sufficiently to resistbeing squeezed out of joint.

3. Fill anchor holes with mortar.

C. Support projecting stones by props or anchors until wall above is set.

D. Embed ends of lugged sills in mortar; leave balance of joint open until final pointing.



E. Rake out mortar from joints to depths equal to 2-1/2 times their widths but not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) nor lessthan that required to exposed sound mortar for joints pointed with mortar, or to provide sufficient depth for sealantbacking for joints pointed with sealants.

3.7 POINTING

A. Prepare stone joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where settingmortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar first in layers not greaterthan 3/8 inch (10 mm) until a uniform depth is formed.

B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch (10 mm).Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.

C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the following jointprofile:

1. Joint Profile: Smooth, flat face slightly below edges of stone.

3.8 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace stone masonry veneer of the following description:

1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if the methods and resultsare approved by Architect.

2. Defective joints.3. Stone masonry and joints not matching approved samples and mockups.4. Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated.

B. Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry's matching approved samples and mockups, complying withother requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears beforetooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels.2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain

Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry.3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid

strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.

4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughlywith clear water.

5. Clean stone by bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Note No. 20Revised II, using the following masonry cleaner:

a. Job-mixed detergent solution.

E. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer andInstaller, that ensure stone masonry is without damage and deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.

3.9 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE

A. Recycling: Stack usable excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use.

B. Disposal as Filler Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including unusable excess stone and wastemortar, by crushing and mixing with mortar as mortar is placed in center of wall at stone faced cistern by frontentrance.

1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in each dimension.



C. Masonry Waste: Remove clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and othermasonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property.


ELEMENTARY SCHOOL/COLE HIGH SCHOOL SHW GROUP PROJECT NOS.: 4512.013.00/4512.014.00 RENOVATIONS AND ADDITION FT. SAM HOUSTON ISD ISSUED AS PART OF ADDENDUM #1

FSHISD Fort Sam Houston, Texas 08 71 00- 1

SECTION 08 71 00

FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work under this section comprises of furnishing and installing hardware specified herein and noted on drawings for a complete and operational system, including any electrified hardware components, systems, controls and hardware for aluminum entrance doors. Any door shown on the drawing and not specifically referenced in the hardware sets shall be provided with identical hardware as specified on other similar openings and shall be included in the General Contractor’s base bid. All fire rated door shall be provided with fire rated hardware as required by local code Authority as part of the General Contractor’s base bid. The hardware supplier shall verify all cylinder types specified for locking devices supplied as part of the door system with the door manufacturer and/or door supplies.

B. The General Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of any discrepancies

(five (5) days prior to bid date) that could and/or would result in hardware being supplied that is none functional, hardware specified and/or hardware that has not been specified that will result in any code violations and any door that is not covered in this specification. Failure of the General Contractor to address any such issue shall be considered acceptance of the hardware specified and all discrepancies shall be corrected at the General Contractor’s expense and considered a part of their base bid. Change orders shall not be issued if deemed by the Architect and/or FSHISD to fall under and/or be covered as a part of the General Contractor base bid, due to failure to comply with this instruction notification.

C. Items include but are not limited to the following:

1. Hinges - Pivots 2. Flush Bolts 3. Exit Devices 4. Locksets and Cylinders 5. Push Plates - Pulls 6. Coordinators 7. Closers 8. Kick, Mop and Protection Plates 9. Stops, Wall Bumpers, Overhead Controls 10. Electrified Hold Open Devices 11. Thresholds, Seals and Door Bottoms 12. Silencers 13. Miscellaneous Trim and Accessories

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS, drawings and general provisions of contract, including General

and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.

1.03 RELATED WORK specified elsewhere that should be examined for its effect upon this

section:

A. Section 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry



B. Section 08 11 13 – Steel Doors and Frames C. Section 08 14 16 – Flush Wood Doors D. Sections within 08 31 13 – Access Doors E. Section within 08 41 13 – Aluminum Entrances, Storefront and Window Framing F. Sections within 08 80 00 – Glass and Glazing G. Sections within 09 91 00 - Painting H. Division 26 - Electrical

1.04 REFERENCES SPECIFIED in this section subject to compliance as directed:

A. NFPA-80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows B. NFPA-101 - Life Safety Code C. ADA - The Americans with Disabilities Act - Title III - Public Accommodations D. ANSI-A 117.1 - American National Standards Institute - Accessible and Usable

Buildings and Facilities E. ANSI-A 156.5 - American National Standards institute -Auxiliary Locks and

Associated Products F. UFAS - Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards G. UL – Under-writer’s Laboratories H. WHI - Warnock Hersey International, Testing Services I. State and Local Codes including Authority Having Jurisdiction J. U.B.C.7-2-97 and UL10C K. IBC-2012 – International Building Code L. NFPA-70 – International Electrical Code

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. HARDWARE SCHEDULES submit copies of schedule in accordance with Division 1, General Requirements. Schedule to be in vertical format, listing each door opening, including: handing of opening, all hardware scheduled for opening or otherwise required to allow for proper function of door opening as intended, and finish of hardware. At doors with door closers or door controls include degree of door opening. Supply the schedules all Finish Hardware within two (2) weeks from date purchase order is received by the hardware supplier.

B. Submit manufacturer’s cut/catalog sheets on all hardware items and any required

special mounting instructions with the hardware schedule. C. Certification of Compliance:

1. Submit any information necessary to indicate compliance to all of these specifications as required.

2. Submit a statement from the manufacturer that electronic hardware and systems being supplied comply with the operational descriptions exactly as specified.

D. Submit any samples necessary as required by the Architect.

E. Templates for finish hardware items to be sent to related door and frame suppliers within three (3) working days of receipt of approved hardware schedule.

F. Doors and Frames used in positive pressure opening assemblies shall meet

U.B.C. 7-2-97 and UL10C in areas where this specification includes Seals for smoke door.




A. Hardware supplier to be a qualified, Factory Authorized, direct distributor of the

products to be furnished. In addition, the supplier to have in their regular employment an AHC or AHC /CDC and/or a person of equivalent experience (minimum fifteen (15) years in the industry) who will be made available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect/Contractor and/or FSHISD regarding any matters affecting the finish hardware on this project.

B. All hardware used in labeled fire or smoke rated openings to be listed for those

types of openings and bear the identifying label or mark indicating UL. (Underwriter’s Laboratories) approved for fire. Exit devices in non-labeled openings to be listed for panic.

1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND PACKAGING

A. Furnish all hardware with each unit clearly marked and numbered in accordance with the hardware schedule. Include door and item number for each.

B. Pack each item of hardware completes with all necessary parts and fasteners.

C. Properly wrap and cushion each item to prevent scratches and dents during

delivery and storage. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

Any part of the finish hardware required by the frame or door manufacturers or other suppliers that is needed in order to produce doors or frames is to be sent to those suppliers in a timely manner, so as not to interrupt job progress.

1.09 WARRANTY

All finish hardware shall be supplied with a Two- (2) year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, commencing with substantial completion of the project except as follows:

1. All Closers are to have a ten- (10) year written warranty. 2. All Exit Devices are to have a three- (3) year written warranty. 3. All Locksets are to have a ten- (10) year written warranty. 4. All Continuous Hinges are to have a ten- (10) year written warranty.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 FASTENERS

A. Furnish with finish hardware all necessary screws, bolts and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for a long life under hard use.

B. Furnish fastenings where necessary with expansion shields, toggle bolts and

other anchors designated by the Architect according to the material to which the hardware is to be applied and the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. All closers and exit devices on labeled wood doors shall be through-bolted if required be the door manufacturer. All thresholds shall be fastened with wood screws and plastic anchors. Where specified in the hardware sets, security type fasteners of the type called for are to be supplied.



C. Design of all fastenings shall harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish.

D. All hardware shall be installed with the Manufacturers standard screws as

provided. The use of any other type of fasteners shall not be permitted. The general contractor shall provide wood blocking in all stud walls specified and/or scheduled to receive wall stops, No Exception.

2.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN FOR PACKAGING

Hardware shipped to the job site is to be packaged in biodegradable packs such as paper or cardboard boxes and wrapping.

2.03 HINGES

A. All hinges to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed for continuity and consideration of warranty. Provide one of the following manufacturers Ives, Hager, ABH or Stanley.

B. Unless otherwise specified provide five-knuckle, heavy-duty, button tip, full

mortise template type hinges with non-rising loose pins. Provide non-removable pins for out swinging doors at secured areas or as called for in this specification (Refer to 3.02 Hardware Sets).

C. Exterior Five Knuckle Door Hinges shall be manufactured from solid stainless

steel, steel or bronze base metal and provide all out-swinging doors with non-removable pins or security studs as called for in 3.02 Hardware Sets.

D. Interior Five Knuckle Door Hinges shall be manufactured from solid steel base

metal, chrome plated. Furnish three (3) hinges up to 90 inches high and one (1) additional hinge for every 30 inches or fraction thereof.

E. Provide all exterior & interior hinges in a size 4½” x 4½” for all 1¾” thick doors up

to and including 36 inches wide. Doors over 1¾” through 2¼” thick, use 5” x 5” hinges. Doors over 36 inches use 5” x 4½” unless otherwise noted in 3.02 Hardware Sets.

F. Were exterior or interior door hinges are required to clear the trim and/or to

permit the doors to swing 180 degrees furnish hinges of sufficient throw.

G. Provide heavy weight hinges on all exterior or interior doors over 36 inches in width.

H. At exterior or interior labeled door’s ball-bearing steel or stainless steel type

hinges shall be provided. For all doors equipped with closers provide ball-bearing-type hinges.

I. Finishes at all Interior and Exterior door hinges shall be brushed stainless steel,

unless otherwise specified in 3.02 Hardware Sets.

J. Continuous hinges shall be Ives Geared Hinges as specified or equal products manufactured by Select and/or Zero.

K. Pivots shall not be used at any FSHISD Facility.

2.04 LOCK AND LOCK TRIM



A. All of the locksets, latch sets, and trim to be of one manufacturer as hereafter

listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. Locksets specified are Schlage “ND” series with the Sparta lever as specified to match the existing district standards.

B. Provide metal wrought box strike boxes and curved lip strikes with proper lip

length to protect trim of the frame, but not to project more than 1/8 inch beyond frame trim or the inactive leaf of a pair of doors.

C. Mechanical Locks shall meet ANSI Operational Grade 1, Series 4000 as

specified.

1. Hand of lock is to be field reversible or non-handed. 2. All lever trim is to be through-bolted through the door. 3. Provide a ¾” latch throw (part #14-042) at all pair’s of doors. 4. Provide a 3-3/4” back set (part #14-028) at all doors specified with sound

seal. 2.05 CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. Provide all Interior locks and Exit devices requiring cylinders with Schlage Large Format Interchangeable Core Cylinder keyed to the Existing System and comply with performance requirements of ANSI A156.5. All keys shall be of nickel silver material only. All locks are to be factory keyed to the existing FSHISD Master Key System (which is factory maintained) as directed by FSHISD and the Architect. The hardware supplier shall meet with the General Contractor, the Architect and FSHISD at the project site to determine all permanent keying requirements. The hardware supplier shall provide One (1) Knox Box if required by the local Fire Marshall. The contractor shall, as required by the local Fire Marshall and FSHISD mount the Knox Box.

B Furnish all exterior and interior locks, cylinders and Exit devices with temporary

keyed construction cores for the duration of construction. Provide ten (10) construction keys and two (2) construction control keys total. The general contractor shall within thirty (30) days of the installation of permanent cores return all construction cores to the hardware supplier for full credit.

C. Cylinders shall be factory keyed and factory maintained as directed by FSHISD

and the Architect. Provide four- (4) keys per cylinder and ten- (10) master keys per master used. Provide One Hundred (100) key blanks for FSHISD use as required. All permanent cores, keys and key blanks are to be delivered to FSHISD directly from the manufacturer. Provide a Factory Generated bitting list for changes used and include additional bittings for future expansion as instructed by FSHISD during the project keying meeting. Signature for all deliveries to FSHISD shall be required.

D. Factory stamp all keys “Do not duplicate” and with key symbol as directed by

FSHISD. Visual key control shall be provided on all permanent cores. 2.06 EXIT DEVICES

A. All exit devices and trim, including electrified items, to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed and in the hardware sets for continuity of design and consideration of warranty; electrified devices and trim to be the same series and design as mechanical devices and trim.



B. Exit Devices to be “UL” listed for life safety. All exit devices for labeled doors shall

have “UL” label for “Fire Exit Hardware”. All devices mounted on labeled wood doors are to be through-bolted or per the manufacturer’s listing requirements. All devices shall conform to NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 requirements.

C. All exit devices to be of a heavy duty, chassis mounted design, with one-piece

removable covers, eliminating necessity of removing the device from the door for standard maintenance and keying requirements.

D. All trims to be through-bolted to the lock stile case. Lever design to be the same

as specified with the lock sets (“Sparta” #17 lever design).

E. Exit Devices shall be the modern push rail design. All exit devices shall be mounted with sex bolts.

F. All devices shall carry a three- (3) year warranty against manufacturing defects

and workmanship. Exit devices shall be certified by an independent testing lab for a minimum of 1,000,000 cycles.

G. Furnish roller strikes for all rim and surface vertical rod exit devices. Internal

springs shall be coil compression type. Furnish security dead latching for all active latch bolts. Latch bolts to have self lubricating coating to reduce friction and wear. Plated latch bolts not accepted.

H. Exit Devices shall be Von Duprin 99 series as specified to match the existing

district standards. 2.07 SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR CLOSERS

A. All closers for this project shall be the products of a single manufacturer for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. All door closers shall be mounted as to achieve the maximum degree of opening (trim permitting).

B. All closers to be heavy duty, surface-mounted, fully hydraulic, rack and pinion

action with high strength cast iron or aluminum cylinder to provide control throughout the entire door opening cycle.

C. Size all closers in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations at the factory.

D. All closers to have adjustable spring power sizes 1 or 2 through 4 or 6 and

separate tamper resistant, brass, non-critical regulating screw valves for closing speed, latching speed and back-check control as a standard feature unless specified other wise.

E. All closer covers to be rectangular, full cover type of non-ferrous, non-corrosive

material painted to match closer. Provide closer covers only if provided as a standard part of the door closer package.

F. Closers shall have heavy-duty arms. All closer arms shall be of sufficient length to

accommodate the reveal depth and to insure proper installation. The hardware supplier shall provide any and all required brackets, spacers or filler plates as required by the manufacture for a proper and functional installation as part of their base bid.



G. Supply appropriate arm assembly for each closer so that closer body and arm are mounted on non-public side of door opening and on the interior side of exterior openings, except where required otherwise in the hardware sets.

1. All parallel arm mounted closers to be factory indexed to insure proper

installation. 2. Furnish heavy-duty cold forged parallel arms for all parallel arm mounted

closers.

H. Provide closers with special application and heavy-duty arms as specified in the hardware sets or as otherwise called for to insure a proper operating, long lasting opening. Drop plates and any additional brackets required for the proper installation of the door closer shall be included in the hardware supplier’s base bid.

I. Finish: Baked on Powder Coated finish shall match other hardware.

J. Provide and mount all door closers with sex bolts as provided by the

manufacturer.

K. Closers shall be LCN 4040XP series at all exterior doors & 1461 FC series at all Interior doors unless specified otherwise in the hardware sets.

2.08 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. Door stops are to be furnished for every door leaf. Every door is to have a floor, wall, or an overhead stop.

B. Place doorstops in such a position that they permit maximum door swing, but do

not present a hazard of obstruction. Furnish floor strikes for floor holders of proper height to engage holders of doors.

C. Where overhead stops and holders are specified, or otherwise required for proper

door operation, they are to be heavy duty and of extruded brass, bronze or stainless steel with no plastic parts as specified. The General Contractor shall provide wood blocking in all stud walls specified and scheduled to receive wall stops.

D. Finish: Same as other hardware where available.

E. Acceptable Products

1. Floor and wall stops as listed in hardware sets. Equivalent products as

manufactured by Ives, ABH, Glynn Johnson and Trimco are acceptable. 2.09 PUSH PLATES, DOOR PULLS, AND KICKPLATES

A. All push plates, door pull, kick plates and other miscellaneous hardware as listed in hardware sets. Equivalent products as manufactured by Ives, Hager, ABH and Trimco are acceptable.

B. Kick plates to be 10 inches high and Mop plates to be 6 inches high, both by 1-1/2

inches or 1 inch less than door width (LDW) as specified. They are to be of 16 gauge thick stainless steel. For door with louvers or narrow bottom rails, kick plate height to be 1 inch less dimension shown from the bottom of the door to the bottom of the louver or glass.



C. Where required armor plates, edge guards and other protective hardware shall be

supplied in sizes as scheduled in the hardware sets.

D. Finish: Same as other hardware where available. 2.10 FLUSH BOLTS AND COORDINATORS

A. Provide Flush bolts with Dust Proof Strikes as indicated in the individual hardware sets by Ives, ABH, Hager and Trimco are acceptable. Finish shall match the adjacent hardware.

2.11 THRESHOLDS AND SEALS

A. Provide materials and finishes as listed in hardware sets. Equivalent product by National Guard Products, Zero, and Reese are acceptable. All thresholds must be in accordance with the requirements of the ADA and ANSI A117.1.

B. Provide thresholds with wood screws and plastic anchors. Supply all necessary

anchoring devices for weather strip and sound seal.

C. Seals shall comply with requirements of U.B.C. 7-2-97 and UL10C. All thresholds, door bottoms and weather strip inserts shall be a silicone based product as specified in 3.02 Hardware Sets. Other materials used shall be rejected, unless originally specified.

D. Seals shall comply with the requirements of the Wood Door Manufacturer’s

certification requirements.

E. Provide all thresholds with a factory applied none slip surface (SIA) as specified. 2.12 FINISHES

A. Finishes for all hardware are as required in this specification and the hardware sets.

B. Special care is to be taken to make uniform the finish of all various manufactured

items. 2.13 DOOR SILENCERS

A. Provide door silencers at all openings without gasket. Provide two- (2) each a each pair of doors and three- (3) or four- (4) each for each single door (coordinate with the frame manufacturer).

2.14 KEY CABINET

A. Provide a key cabinet Lund 1200 series for installation by the contractor as instructed by the Architect and FSHISD. Key Cabinet shall be of such size as to hold 150% of the total number of keys supplied for this project.

B. The hardware supplier shall assist FSHISD in the tagging of all keys and instruct

the FSHISD staff as to the proper use of the key cabinet system at the project site. Training shall include industry standard procedures for maintaining a key system. The hardware supplier shall provide FSHISD two- (2) complete full size copies of the floor plans complete with the door number and key symbol shown at



each door opening. One- (1) copy shall be placed in the key cabinet and one- (1) copy shall be turned over to the FSHISD Representative. Training shall be based on eight- (8) hours maximum. The hardware supplier shall send a list of all staff members trained in the proper use of the key cabinet to the FSHISD Representative and the Architect.

2.15 PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS

A. References to specific products are used to establish quality standards of utility and performance. Unless otherwise approved provide only the specified product.

B. All other materials, not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper

finish hardware installation, are to be selected by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Architect and FSHISD.

C. Architect and FSHISD reserve the right to approve all the substitutions proposed for

this specification. All requests for substitution to be made prior to bid in accordance with Division 1, General Requirements, and are to be in writing, hand delivered to the Architect. Two (2) copies of the manufacturer’s brochures and a physical sample of each item in the appropriate design and finish shall accompany requests for substitution.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND SERVICE ITEMS OF FINISH HARDWARE

A. All finish hardware shall be installed by an experienced finish hardware installer with at least ten (10) years experience after a pre-installation meeting between the contractor, hardware Manufacturers representative, the hardware supplier, hollow metal supplier and wood door supplier. The finish hardware installer shall be responsible for the proper installation and function of all doors and hardware.

B. The hardware supplier’s office and/or warehouse shall be located within a one

hundred fifty (150) mile radius of the project site as to better service the general contractor and FSHISD during the course of this project.

C. Check hardware against the reviewed hardware schedule upon delivery. Store

the hardware in a dry and secure location to protect against loss and damage.

D. Install finish hardware in accordance with approved hardware schedule and manufacturers’ printed instructions. Pre-fit hardware before finish is applied to door; remove and reinstall after finish is complete and dry. Install and adjust hardware so that parts operate smoothly, close tightly, and do not rattle.

E. Mortise and cutting to be done neatly, and evidence of cutting to be concealed in

the finished work. Protect all Finish hardware from scratching or other damage.

F. The hardware supplier, general contractor, hardware installer, representatives of the lock, exit device and closer manufacturers shall after three (3) months of FSHISD acceptance of the facility, perform an onsite survey of the finish hardware installation. Any item of finish hardware found to be defective or out of adjustment shall be replaced or adjusted for the proper function and operation of the door assembly at the contractor’s, supplier’s and/or installer’s expense. The hardware supplier shall provide a written report of any and all affected items to the Architect and FSHISD (No Exceptions). The scheduled inspection date for the onsite inspection and adjustment of finish hardware shall be provided to the



Architect as a part of the general contractor and hardware supplies close-out documentation for this project.

3.02 HARDWARE SETS SPEXTRA: 81111 HARDWARE SET # 001 DOORS # A57 A58 EACH TO HAVE:

1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM

DEADBOLT B663T 626 SCH

1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8305 8" 3.5" X 15" 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 513HD SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 002

DOORS # A45 A54 EACH TO HAVE:



1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8305 8" 3.5" X 15" 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 003

DOORS # A53 EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH



1 EA INDICATOR DEADBOLT B571 X (6) 61-510 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP 1 EA COAT HOOK 582 626 IVE

HARDWARE SET # 004


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 513HD SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 005

DOORS # A42 A48 A49 A50 EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 513HD SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 006


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA ENTRANCE LOCK ND53TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN



1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 513HD SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 007


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 008


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET ND10S SPA 626 SCH 1 EA INDICATOR DEADBOLT B571 X (6) 61-510 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA COAT HOOK 582 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 009

DOORS # A59 A60 A67 EACH TO HAVE:

2 EA PADLOCKS KS43F3200 X 4" SHACKLE 606 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH BALANCE HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE DOOR MFG.

HARDWARE SET # 010


1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE



1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA LOCK GUARD LG12 630 IVE 1 EA OH STOP & HOLDER 90F 630 GLY 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 EA HEAD SEAL 700S-FRAME WIDTH 628 NGP 1 SET JAMB SEAL 162S-FRAME HEIGHT 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 011


ALL HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY THE ACCESS PANEL MFG.

ACCESS PANELS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH A LOCKING DEVICE BY THE PANEL MFG.

HARDWARE SET # 012

DOORS # A100A A100B EACH TO HAVE:

1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 013

DOORS # A105B EACH TO HAVE:

2 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA KEYED REMOVABLE

MULLION KR4954-STAB 689 VON

1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-DT-990-SNB 628 VON



1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 3 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 4 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SHCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 2 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040-30 689 LCN 2 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040-61 689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP 2 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

INSTALL DOORS WITH A MAXIMUM GAP OF 1/4" BETWEEN THE DOORS LEAFS.

HARDWARE SET # 014

DOORS # A101B A102B A103B A104B A106B A107B A108B A109B A113B A117B EACH TO HAVE:

6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 2 EA MANUAL FLUSH BOLT FB458 626 IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 14-042 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE


HARDWARE SET # 015

DOORS # A105A EACH TO HAVE:

2 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 2 EA SURFACE BOLT SB453 12" TB 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 14-042 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE 2 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA ASTRAGAL 139SP-DOOR HEIGHT 600 NGP 2 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 513HD SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP




HARDWARE SET # 016

DOORS # A101A A102A A103A A104A A106A A107A A108A A109A A112 A113A A117A EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM

SECURITY ND75TD SPA XN12-035 626 SCH

2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 017


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 018

DOORS # A111 A116 A127 A128 EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 019

DOORS # A120P B110P B114P EACH TO HAVE:

ALL HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY THE ACCESS PANEL MFG.

ACCESS PANELS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH A LOCKING DEVICE BY THE PANEL MFG.



HARDWARE SET # 020


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8305 8" 3.5" X 15" 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 021

DOORS # A100C EACH TO HAVE:

6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 2 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-9927-L-LBR-996-17-SNB 628 VON 2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 2 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 4 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 2 EA FIRE/LIFE WALL MAG SEM7850 689 LCN 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE


HARDWARE SET # 022

DOORS # A100D EACH TO HAVE:



1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-DT-990-SNB 628 VON 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 3 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 4 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 2 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP



1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP 2 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP


HARDWARE SET # 023

DOORS # A120A A121A EACH TO HAVE:



1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8305 8" 3.5" X 15" 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 024


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD RA/PA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 025


6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 2 EA MANUAL FLUSH BOLT FB458 626 IVE 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 14-042 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE 2 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP



2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE INSTALL DOORS WITH A MAXIMUM GAP OF 1/4" BETWEEN THE DOORS LEAFS.

HARDWARE SET # 026

DOORS # B100C EACH TO HAVE:

2 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 2 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE 9927-EO-F-LBR-499F-SNB 628 VON 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 2 EA FIRE/LIFE WALL MAG SEM7850 689 LCN 1 SET SEAL 2525B-HEAD & JAMBS BRN NGP 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP


HARDWARE SET # 027


BALANCE HARDWARE EXISTING TO BE RE-USED

HARDWARE SET # 028

DOORS # B111A B111B EACH TO HAVE:

1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP EDA TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA PA MOUNTING PLATE 4040-18PA 689 LCN 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP WEATHER STRIP PROVIDED BY DOOR MFG.

HARDWARE SET # 029

DOORS # B111C B111D B111E



EACH TO HAVE:

1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-L-NL-996-17-SNB 628 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA PA MOUNTING PLATE 4040-18PA 689 LCN 1 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040-30 689 LCN 1 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040-61 689 LCN WEATHER STRIP PROVIDED BY DOOR MFG.

HARDWARE SET # 030

DOORS # B106B B112 B114A EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 031

DOORS # B101B B102 B103 B104 B105 B106A B107 EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 032

DOORS # B101A EACH TO HAVE:



2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE



3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 033


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 034

DOORS # B100B EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 689 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80TDEU SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 EA DESK MOUNT BUTTON 660-PB 628 SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS904 900-BBK 900-4RL 900-4R LGR SCE

HARDWARE SET # 035

DOORS # B109B EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 689 VON 1 EA EU STOREROOM LOCK ND80TDEU SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 EA DESK MOUNT BUTTON 660-PB 628 SCE

POWER SUPPLY IS TO BE SHARED WITH DOOR #B100B.



HARDWARE SET # 036

DOORS # B101C B110 EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET ND10S SPA 626 SCH 1 EA INDICATOR DEADBOLT B571 X (6) 61-510 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA COAT HOOK 582 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 037


1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP EDA TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 038

DOORS # B100D EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-L-996-17-SNB 628 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 039






1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-DT-990-SNB 628 VON 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 3 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 4 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SHCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 2 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040-30 689 LCN 2 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040-61 689 LCN 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 SET ASTRAGAL 9605A-DOOR HEIGHT 628 NGP 2 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP


HARDWARE SET # 040


1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-99-NL-990-SNB 628 VON 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20-059 626 SCH 1 EA RIM HOUSING 20-079 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP EDA TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 041




1 EA CLASSROOM DEADBOLT

B663T 626 SCH

3 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4040XP SCUSH TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4040-30 689 LCN 1 EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4040-61 689 LCN



1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A-FRAME HEADER PLUS 4" 628 NGP 1 SET WEATHER STRIP 162S-HEAD & JAMBS 628 NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 1015AV-DOOR WIDTH AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896S SIA-FRAME WIDTH NGP

HARDWARE SET # 042


BALANCE HARDWARE EXISTING TO BE RE-USED

HARDWARE SET # 043


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM


2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 044

DOORS # A108D A108E EACH TO HAVE:



2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 045




3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET ND10S SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS17 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 046


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA DOOR STOP FS17/WS407CCV AS REQUIRED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 047




2 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HD FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 048


3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 EA PASSAGE SET ND10S SPA 626 SCH 1 EA INDICATOR DEADBOLT B571 X (6) 61-510 626 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1461 HDPA FC TBSRT 689 LCN 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 EA COAT HOOK 582 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 049

DOORS #



A108C EACH TO HAVE:

3 EA HW HINGE 5BB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA OH STOP & HOLDER 450F 630 GLY 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 050


1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA FSIC CORE 23-030 626 SCH 1 EA OH STOP & HOLDER 450F 630 GLY 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 051


1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 8" X 16" 630 IVE 1 EA PULL PLATE 8305 8" 3.5" X 15" 630 IVE 1 EA SURF. AUTO

OPERATOR 9531 HL/D MS ANCLR LCN

2 EA ACTUATOR, WALL MOUNT

8310-853T 630 LCN

1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE

HARDWARE SET # 052

DOORS # A109A EACH TO HAVE:

1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 112HD TWP-DOOR HEIGHT 628 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK ND80TD SPA 626 SCH 1 EA ELECTRIC STRIKE 6211 FSE 630 VON 1 EA SURF. AUTO

OPERATOR 9531 HL/D MS ANCLR LCN

2 EA ACTUATOR, WALL MOUNT

8310-853T 630 LCN



1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1 1/2" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS18S BLK IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS904 900-BBK 900-4RL 900-4R LGR SCE

HARDWARE SET # 053

DOORS # A100C B100C EACH TO HAVE:

ALL HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY WON-DOOR MFG. END OF SECTION


CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 10 21 23 - 1 ©2013 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

SECTION 10 21 23 – CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1

Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Curtain tracks and curtain carriers. 2. Cubicle curtains.


1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking for mounting items requiring anchorage. 2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies” for metal framing and furring. 3. Division 9 Section “Acoustical Panel Ceilings" for mounting items requiring anchorage.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Curtains: Provide curtain fabrics with the following characteristics:

1. Fabrics are launderable to a temperature of not less than 160 deg F (71 deg C). 2. Fabrics are flame resistant and are identical to those that have passed NFPA 701 when tested by a testing

and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. a. Identify fabrics with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include durability, fade resistance, and fire-test-response characteristics for each type of curtain

fabric indicated. 1. Include data on each type of applied curtain treatment.

B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of cubicles, sizes of curtains, number of carriers, anchorage details, and

conditions requiring accessories. Indicate dimensions taken from field measurements. 1. Include details on blocking above ceiling.

C. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling-mounted

items. Show the following: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Ceiling-mounted items including light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, and access panels.

D. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each type of the following products:

1. Curtain Fabric: 12 inch (305 mm) square swatch or larger Sample as required to show complete pattern

repeat, from dye lot used for the Work, with specified treatments applied. Mark top and face of material. 2. Mesh Top: Not less than 4 inches (100 mm) square. 3. Curtain Track: Not less than 4 inches (100 mm) long. 4. Curtain Carrier: Full-size unit.

E. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of tracks and curtains certifying that products furnished comply

with requirements.




A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install cubicles until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces

is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.

B. Field Measurements: Where cubicles are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other

construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are

packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Curtain Carriers and Track End Caps: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each size

indicated, but not less than 10 units. 2. Curtains: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each size indicated, but not less than 2

units. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be

incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. AR Nelson Company 800-377-6625 www.arnelson.com 2. Automatic Devices Company 800-360-2321 www.automaticdevices.com 3. Construction Specialties, Inc. 800-233-8493 www.c-sgroup.com 4. Imperial Fastener Company, Inc. 954-782-7130 www.imperialfastener.com 5. KemTex Contract, Inc. 972-241-1101 www.kemtexcontract.com 6. Pryor Products, Inc. 800-854-2280 www.pryorproducts.com 7. Salsbury Industries 800-624-5269 www.mailboxes.com

2.2 CURTAIN TRACKS

A. Extruded-Aluminum Track: Not less than 1-1/4 inches wide by 3/4 inch high (31.8 mm wide by 19 mm high); with

minimum wall thickness of 0.062 inch (1.575 mm). 1. Curved Track: Factory fabricated 12-inch- (305-mm-) radius bends. 2. Finish: Satin anodized.

B. Track Accessories: Fabricate splices, end caps, connectors, end stops, coupling and joining sleeves, wall flanges,

brackets, ceiling clips, and other accessories from same material and with same finish as track. 1. End Stop: Nonremovable.

C. Curtain Carriers: Two nylon rollers and nylon axle with chrome-plated steel hook.

D. Exposed Fasteners: Stainless steel.

E. Concealed Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized.

2.3 CURTAINS

A. Curtain Fabric: Cubicle manufacturer's standard, as follows:

1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2. Fiber Content: 100 percent polyester, inherently and permanently flame resistant.

http://www.arnelson.com/

http://www.automaticdevices.com/

http://www.c-sgroup.com/

http://www.imperialfastener.com/

http://www.kemtexcontract.com/

http://www.pryorproducts.com/

http://www.mailboxes.com/



B. Mesh Top: No. 50 nylon mesh.

C. Curtain Grommets: Two-piece, rolled-edge, rustproof, nickel-plated brass; spaced not more than 6 inches (152

mm) o.c.; machined into top hem. D. Curtain Tieback: Nickel-plated brass chain; one at each curtain termination.

2.4 CURTAIN FABRICATION

A. Fabricate curtains to comply with the following requirements:

1. Width: Equal to track length from which curtain is hung plus 10 percent added fullness, but not less than 12

inches (305 mm) added fullness. 2. Length: Equal to floor-to-ceiling height, with 20 inch (508 mm) mesh top, and minus distance above finished

floor at bottom as follows: a. Cubicle Curtains: 15 inches (381 mm).

3. Mesh Top: Top hem not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) and not more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide, triple

thickness, reinforced with integral web, and double lock stitched. Double lock stitch bottom of mesh directly to 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) triple thickness, top hem of curtain fabric.

4. Bottom Hem: Not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) and not more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide, double thickness and single lock stitched.

5. Side Hems: Not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) and not more than 1-1/4 inches (31.8 mm) wide, with double turned edges, and single lock stitched.

6. Vertical Seams: Not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) wide, double turned and double stitched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install tracks level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide track fabricated

from one continuous length up to 16 feet (4.9 m). 1. Curtain Track Mounting: Surface.

B. Surface Track Mounting: Fasten surface-mounted tracks at intervals of not less than 24 inches (610 mm). Fasten

support at each splice and tangent point of each corner. Attach track to suspended ceiling grid with manufacturer's proprietary clip.

C. Track Accessories: Install splices, end caps, connectors, end stops, coupling and joining sleeves, and other

accessories as required for a secure and operational installation. D. Curtain Carriers: Provide curtain carriers adequate for 6 inch (152 mm) spacing along the full length of the curtain

plus an additional carrier. E. Curtains: Hang curtains on each curtain track. Secure with curtain tieback.



HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12 21 13 - 1©2014 SHW Group Architects | Engineers | Planners

SECTION 12 21 13 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following types of venetian blinds and accessories:

1. Miniblinds with aluminum louver slats.


1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds for mounting horizontal louverblinds and accessories.

2. Division 8 Sections for windows and storefront, with horizontal louver blinds mounted on windowframes.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Miniblind: Venetian blind with nominal 1 inch (25 mm) wide louver slat.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples for Verification: For the following products, prepared on Samples from the same material to be usedfor the Work.

1. Louver Slat: Not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long.2. Horizontal Louver Blind: Full-size unit, not less than 16 inches (400 mm) wide by 24 inches (600 mm)

long.3. Valance: Full-size unit, not less than 12 inches (300 mm) wide.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of horizontal louver blind product, signed by product manufacturer.

C. Product Test Reports: For each type of horizontal louver blind product.

D. Maintenance Data: For horizontal louver blinds to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following:

1. Methods for maintaining horizontal louver blinds and finishes.2. Precautions about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to finishes and

performance.3. Operating hardware.


A. Source Limitations: Obtain horizontal louver blinds through one source from a single manufacturer.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide horizontal louver blinds with the fire-test-responsecharacteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL oranother testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:

1. Flame-Resistance Ratings: Passes NFPA 701.

C. Corded Window Covering Product Standard: Provide horizontal louver blinds complying with WCMA A 100.1.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

ERodriguez

Text Box




A. Deliver blinds in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name, fire-test-responsecharacteristics, and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in awindow treatment schedule.


A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install horizontal louver blinds until construction and wet and dirty finishwork in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions aremaintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.

B. Field Measurements: Where horizontal louver blinds are indicated to fit to other construction, verifydimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements onShop Drawings. Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entireoperating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with constructionprogress to avoid delaying the Work.

1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protectivecovering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Horizontal Louver Blinds: Before installation begins, for each size, color, texture, pattern, and glossindicated, full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Horizontal Louver Blinds, Aluminum Louver Slats:

a. Hunter Douglas Inc. 800-789-0331 www.hunterdouglas.comb. Levolor Window Fashions, a division of Newell-Rubbermaid 800-752-9677

www.levolor.comc. Springs Window Fashions, LLC, Bali 877-792-0002 www.springswindowfashions.comd. Springs Window Fashions, LLC, Graber 877-792-0002 www.springswindowfashions.com

2.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS, ALUMINUM LOUVER SLATS

A. Louver Slats: Aluminum, alloy and temper recommended by producer for type of use and finish indicated; withcrowned profile and radiused corners.

1. Nominal Slat Width: 1 inch (25 mm) for miniblinds.

a. Slat Spacing: Not less than every 21.5 mm for 14.2 slats or more per foot (21.5 mm).

2. Nominal Slat Thickness: Not less than 0.008 inch (0.20 mm).3. Slat Finish: One color as indicated.

a. Ionized Coating: Antistatic, dust-repellent, baked polyester finish.

B. Headrail: Formed steel or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; fully enclosing operatingmechanisms on three sides and ends; capacity for one blind per headrail, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Finish Color Characteristics: Match color, texture, pattern, and gloss of louver slats.

C. Bottom Rail: Formed-steel or extruded-aluminum tube, sealed with plastic or metal capped ends topcontoured to match crowned shape of louver slat; with enclosed and protected ladders and tapes to preventtheir contact with sill.



D. Tilt Control: Consisting of enclosed worm gear mechanism and linkage rod, for the following operation:

1. Tilt Operation: Manual with clear plastic wand.2. Length of Tilt Control: Length required to make operation convenient from floor level.3. Tilt: Full.

E. Lift Operation: Manual, cord lock; locks pull cord to stop blind at any position in ascending or descendingtravel.

F. Tilt-Control and Cord-Lock Position: Right side and left side of headrail, respectively, unless otherwiseindicated.

G. Ladders: Evenly spaced to prevent long-term louver sag.

1. For Blinds with Nominal Slat Width 1 Inch (25 mm) or Less: Braided string.

H. Valance: Manufacturer's standard.

1. Finish Color Characteristics: Match color, texture, pattern, and gloss of louver slats.

I. Mounting: As indicated on Drawings, mounting permitting easy removal and replacement without damagingblind or adjacent surfaces and finishes; with spacers and shims required for blind placement and alignmentindicated.

1. Provide intermediate support brackets if end support spacing exceeds spacing recommended bymanufacturer for weight and size of blind.

J. Hold-Down Brackets and Hooks or Pins: Manufacturer's standard, as indicated.

K. Colors, Textures, Patterns, and Gloss: Selected from Manufacturer’s standard colors.

2.3 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS FABRICATION

A. Product Standard and Description: Comply with AWCMA Document 1029, unless otherwise indicated, foreach horizontal louver blind designed to be self-leveling and consisting of louver slats, rails, ladders, tapes,lifting and tilting mechanisms, cord, cord lock, tilt control, and installation hardware.

B. Concealed Components: Noncorrodible or corrosion-resistant-coated materials.

1. Lifting and Tilting Mechanisms: With permanently lubricated moving parts.

C. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74deg F (23 deg C):

1. Blind Units Installed between (Inside) Jambs: Width equal to 1/4 inch (6 mm) per side or 1/2 inch (12mm) total, plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm), less than jamb-to-jamb dimension of opening in which eachblind is installed. Length equal to 1/4 inch (6 mm), plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm), less than head-to-sill dimension of opening in which each blind is installed.

2. Blind Units Installed Outside Jambs: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between blindsof end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations betweenopenings.

D. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of blind, for supporting headrail, valance,and operating hardware, and for hardware position and blind mounting method indicated.

E. Installation Fasteners: Not fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to blindhardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supportingblinds and accessories under conditions of normal use.

F. Color-Coated Finish:

1. Metal: For components exposed to view, apply manufacturer's standard baked finish complying withmanufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation including pretreatment, application, baking,and minimum dry film thickness.



G. Component Color: Provide rails, cords, ladders, and exposed-to-view metal and plastic matching orcoordinating with slat color, unless otherwise indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. EXAMINATION

1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance withrequirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions affectingperformance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

H. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND INSTALLATION

1. Install blinds level and plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's writteninstructions, and located so exterior louver edges in any position are not closer than 2 inches (50mm) to interior face of glass. Install intermediate support as required to prevent deflection inheadrail. Allow clearances between adjacent blinds and for operating glazed opening's operationhardware, if any.

I. ADJUSTING

1. Adjust horizontal louver blinds to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding ormalfunction throughout entire operational range.

J. CLEANING AND PROTECTION

1. Clean blind surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer andInstaller, that ensure that horizontal louver blinds are without damage or deterioration at time ofSubstantial Completion.

3. Replace damaged blinds that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before timeof Substantial Completion.


Elementary School/ Cole High School SHW Group Project Nos.: 4512.013.00/4512.014.00Renovations and Addition June 25, 2014Ft. Sam Houston ISD

FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 23 55 33 - 1

SECTION 23 55 33 - FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS

PART 1 - GENERAL



B. Division 20, Common Work Results for Mechanical, requirements apply to this section.

C. Division 01, Project Management and Coordination, apply to this section and will require the contractors’participation in the Above Ceiling Coordination Program.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes gas-fired unit heaters.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of fuel-fired unit heater indicated. Include rated capacities, operatingcharacteristics, and accessories.1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

B. Field quality-control test reports.

C. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.

D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel-fired unit heaters to include in emergency, operation, andmaintenance manuals.


A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

B. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6 -"Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace heatexchanger of fuel-fired unit heater that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged withprotective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Fan Belts: One for each belt-driven fan size.

ERodriguez

Text Box




PRODUCTS

1.7 GAS-FIRED UNIT HEATERS


1. Modine Manufacturing Company.2. Reznor/Thomas & Betts Corporation.3. Sterling HVAC Products; Div. of Mestek Technology Inc.

B. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired, and complying with ANSI Z83.8/CSA 2.6.

C. Fuel Type: Design burner for natural gas having characteristics same as those of gas available at Projectsite.

D. Type of Venting: Powered vented.

E. Housing: Steel, with integral draft hood and inserts for suspension mounting rods.

1. External Casings and Cabinets: Baked enamel over corrosion-resistant-treated surface.

F. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized or Stainless steel.

G. Burner Material: Stainless steel.

H. Unit Fan: Formed-steel or Aluminum propeller blades riveted to heavy-gage steel spider bolted to cast-iron hub, dynamically balanced, and resiliently mounted.

1. Fan-Blade Guard: Galvanized steel, complying with OSHA specifications, removable formaintenance.

2. General requirements for motors are specified in Division Section "Common Motor Requirementsfor Fire Suppression, Plumbing and Mechanical Equipment."

a. Motors: Totally enclosed with internal thermal-overload protection and complying withDivision 20 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression, Plumbing andMechanical Equipment."

b. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load willnot require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.

c. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specifiedin electrical Sections.

I. Unit Fan: Steel, centrifugal fan dynamically balanced and resiliently mounted.

1. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features:

a. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub.b. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed and self-aligning ball bearings.c. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.

2. General requirements for motors are specified in Division 20 Section "Common MotorRequirements for Fire Suppression, Plumbing and Mechanical Equipment."

a. Motors: Totally enclosed with internal thermal-overload protection and complying withDivision 20 Section "Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression, Plumbing andMechanical Equipment."

b. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load willnot require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.

c. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Electrical devices and connections are specifiedin electrical Sections.



J. Controls: Regulated redundant gas valve containing pilot solenoid valve, electric gas valve, pilot filter,pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff all in one body.

1. Gas Control Valve: Modulating.2. Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark with flame sensor.3. Fan Thermal Switch: Operates fan on heat-exchanger temperature.4. Vent Flow Verification: Differential pressure switch to verify open vent.5. Control transformer.6. High Limit: Thermal switch or fuse to stop burner.7. Thermostat: Single-stage, wall-mounting type with 50 to 90 deg F operating range and fan on

switch.

K. Discharge Louvers: Independently adjustable horizontal blades.

L. Accessories:

1. Vertical discharge louvers.2. Discharge Nozzle: Discharge at 50 to 90 degrees (0.87 to 1.57 radians) from horizontal.3. Four-point suspension kit.4. Summer fan switch.5. Unit-mounted thermostat bracket.6. Power Venter: Centrifugal aluminized-steel fan, with stainless-steel shaft; 120-V ac motor.7. Concentric, Terminal Vent Assembly: Combined combustion-air inlet and power-vent outlet with

wall or roof caps. Include adapter assembly for connection to inlet and outlet pipes, and flashingfor wall or roof penetration.

PART 2 - EXECUTION

2.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install and connect gas-fired unit heaters and associated fuel and vent features and systems according toNFPA 54, applicable local codes and regulations, and manufacturer's written installation instructions.

B. Suspended Units: Suspend from substrate using threaded rods, spring hangers, and buildingattachments. Secure rods to unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is level and plumb.

C. Substrate-Mounted Units: Provide supports connected to substrate. Secure units to supports.

1. Spring hangers are specified in Division 20 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Piping andEquipment."

2.2 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement ofpiping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Install piping adjacent to fuel-fired unit heater to allow service and maintenance.

C. Gas Piping: Comply with Section 23 11 23 "Facility Natural-Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to gas traininlet; provide union with enough clearance for burner removal and service.

D. Vent Connections: Comply with Section 23 51 00 "Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks."

E. Electrical Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in electrical Sections.

1. Install electrical devices furnished with heaters but not specified to be factory mounted.



2.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Tests and Inspections:

1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls andequipment.

2. Verify bearing lubrication.3. Verify proper motor rotation.4. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

a. Test procedures used.b. Test results that comply with requirements.c. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve

compliance with requirements.

C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

2.4 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust initial temperature set points.

B. Adjust burner and other unit components for optimum heating performance and efficiency.

2.5 DEMONSTRATION

A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fuel-fired unit heaters. Refer toSection 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training."


Elementary School/Cole High School SHW Group Project Nos.: 4512.013.00/4512.014.00 Renovations and Addition June 13, 2014 Fort Sam Houston ISD

HMAC TACK AND PRIME COATS 32 12 10 - 1

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The Conditions of the Contract, including the Uniform General and Supplementary General Conditions, Owner’s Special Conditions, and Division 1 – General Requirements, apply to work specified in this Section.

1.2 REFERENCES

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS (AASHTO)

AASHTO M 20 (1970; R 2004) Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement

AASHTO M 226 (1980; R 2004) Viscosity Graded Asphalt Cement

AASHTO M 81 (1992; R 2004) Cut-Back Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type)

AASHTO M 82 (1975; R 2004) Cut-Back Asphalt (Medium-Curing Type)

AASHTO T 102 (1983; R 2004) Spot Test of Asphaltic Materials

AASHTO T 40 (2002; R 2006) Sampling Bituminous Materials

ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)

ASTM D 1250 (2007) Standard Guide for Use of the Petroleum Measure-ment Tables

ASTM D 140 (2001; R 2007) Sampling Bituminous Materials ASTM D 2026 (1997; R 2004) Cutback Asphalt (Slow-Curing Type)

ASTM D 2027 (1997; R 2004) Cutback Asphalt (Medium-Curing Type)

ASTM D 2028 (1997; R 2004) Cutback Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type)

ASTM D 2397 (2005) Standard Specification for Cationic Emulsified Asphalt

ASTM D 2995 (1999; R 2004) Determining Application Rate of Bituminous Distributors

ASTM D 3381 (2005) Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement

Construction

ASTM D 946 (1982; R 2005) Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction

ASTM D 977 (2005) Emulsified Asphalt

U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)

LEED (2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design(tm)

Green Building Rating System for New Construction (LEED-NC) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.3.1 General Requirements

Plant, equipment, machines and tools used in the work are subject to approval and shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition at all times. Calibrated equipment such as asphalt distributors, scales, batching equipment, spreaders and similar equipment, should have been recalibrated by a calibration laboratory within 12 months prior to commencing work and every 12 months thereafter, by such laboratory from the date of recalibration, during the term of the contract.

ERodriguez

Text Box




1.3.2 Bituminous Distributor Provide a distributor with pneumatic tires of such size and number that the load produced on the base surface does not exceed 650 psi of tire width to prevent rutting, shoving or otherwise damaging the base surface or other layers in the pavement structure. Design and equip the distributor to spray the bituminous material in a uniform coverage at the specified temperature, at readily determined and controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square yard, with a pressure range of 25 to 75 psi and with an allowable variation from the specified rate of not more than plus or minus 5 percent, and at variable widths. Include with the distributor equipment a separate power unit for the bitumen pump, full-circulation spray bars, tachometer, pressure gauges, volume-measuring devices, adequate heaters for heating of materials to the proper application temperature, a thermometer for reading the temperature of tank contents, and a hand hose attachment suitable for applying bituminous material manually to areas inaccessible to the distributor. Equip the distributor to circulate and agitate the bituminous material during the heating process.

1.3.3 Heating Equipment for Storage Tanks

The equipment for heating the bituminous material shall be steam, electric, or hot oil heaters. Provide steam heaters consisting of steam coils and equipment for producing steam, so designed that the steam cannot get into the material. Fix an armored thermometer to the tank with a temperature range from 40 to 400°F so that the temperature of the bituminous material may be determined at all times.

1.3.4 Power Brooms and Power Blowers

Use power brooms and power blowers suitable for cleaning the surfaces to which the bituminous coat is to be applied.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

Submit the following in accordance with Section 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

SD-03 Product Data

Delivery tickets, during progress of the work.

SD-06 Test Reports

Sampling and Testing

Copies of all test results for emulsified asphalt, and bituminous materials, within 48 hours of completion of tests. Certified copies of the manufacturer's test reports indicating temperature viscosity relationship for cutback asphalt, compliance with applicable specified requirements, not less than 30 days before the material is required in the work.


Tack and prime coat materials may be locally available. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Inspect the materials delivered to the site for contamination and damage. Unload and store the materials with a minimum of handling.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

Apply bituminous coat only when the surface to receive the bituminous coat is dry. Apply bituminous coat only when the atmospheric temperature in the shade is 50°F or above and when the temperature has not been below 35°F for the 12 hours prior to application, unless otherwise directed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRIME COAT

Provide asphalt conforming to AASHTO M 81 and AASHTO M 82, specified in the following two subparagraphs.

2.1.1 Emulsified Asphalt

Provide emulsified asphalt conforming to ASTM D 977, Type SS-1 and SS1h or ASTM D 2397, Type CSS-1 and CSS-1h.



2.2 TACK COAT

Provide asphalt conforming to AASHTO M 81 AASHTO M 20 and AASHTO M 226. 2.2.1 Emulsified Asphalt

Provide emulsified asphalt conforming to ASTM D 977, Type SS-1 or SS1h and ASTM D 2397, Type CSS-1 or CSS-1h. Dilute the emulsified asphalt with equal parts of water. The base asphalt used to manufacture the emulsion shall show a negative spot when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 102 using standard naphtha.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACE

Immediately before applying the bituminous coat, remove all loose material, dirt, clay, or other objectionable material from the surface to be treated by means of a power broom or blower supplemented with hand brooms. The surface shall be dry and clean at the time of treatment.

3.2 APPLICATION RATE

The exact quantities within the range specified, which may be varied to suit field conditions, will be determined by the Engineer.

3.2.1 Tack Coat

Apply bituminous material for the tack coat in quantities of not less than 0.05 gallon nor more than 0.15 gallon per square yard of pavement surface.

3.2.2 Prime Coat

Apply bituminous material for the prime coat in quantities of not less than 0.15 gallon nor more than 0.40 gallon per square yard of pavement surface.

3.3 APPLICATION TEMPERATURE 3.3.1 Viscosity Relationship

Asphalt application temperature shall provide an application viscosity between 10 and 60 seconds, Saybolt Furol, or between 20 and 120 centistokes, kinematic.

3.3.2 Temperature Ranges

The viscosity requirements determine the application temperature to be used. The following is a normal range of application temperatures:

Emulsions ------------- SS-1 70-160°F SS-1h 70-160°F CSS-1 70-160°F CSS-1h 70-160°F

These temperature ranges exceed the flash point of the material and care should be taken in their heating.

3.4 APPLICATION 3.4.1 General

Following preparation and subsequent inspection of the surface, apply the bituminous prime or tack coat with the Bituminous Distributor at the specified rate with uniform distribution over the surface to be treated. Properly treat all areas and spots missed by the distributor with the hand spray. Until the succeeding layer of pavement is placed, maintain the surface by protecting the surface against damage and by repairing deficient areas at no additional cost to the owner. If required, spread clean dry sand to effectively blot up any excess bituminous material. No smoking, fires, or flames other than those from the heaters that are a part of the equipment are permitted within 25 feet of heating, distributing, and transferring operations of bituminous material other than bituminous emulsions. Prevent all traffic, except for paving equipment used in constructing the surfacing, from using the underlying material, whether primed or not, until the surfacing is completed. The bituminous coat shall conform to all requirements as described herein.



3.4.2 Prime Coat The prime coat is required if it will be at least 7 days before the surfacing (Asphalt cement hot mix concrete) layer is constructed on the underlying (base course, etc.) compacted material. The type of liquid asphalt and application rate will be as specified herein. Protect the underlying from any damage (water, traffic, etc.) until the surfacing is placed. If the Contractor places the surfacing within seven days, the choice of protection measures or actions to be taken is at the Contractor's option. Repair (recompact or replace) damage to the underlying material caused by lack of, or inadequate, protection by approved methods at no additional cost to the owner. If the Contractor opts to use the prime coat, apply as soon as possible after consolidation of the underlying material. Apply the bituminous material uniformly over the surface to be treated at a pressure range of 25 to 75 psi and at the rate of not less than 0.20 gallon not more than 0.30 gallon per square yard. To obtain uniform application of the prime coat on the surface treated at the junction of previous and subsequent applications, spread building paper on the surface for a sufficient distance back from the ends of each application to start and stop the prime coat on the paper and to ensure that all sprayers will operate at full force on the surface to be treated. Immediately after application remove and destroy the building paper.

3.4.3 Tack Coat

Apply tack coat at the locations shown on the drawings. Apply the tack coat when the surface to be treated is dry. Immediately following the preparation of the surface for treatment, apply the bituminous material by means of the bituminous distributor, within the limits of temperature specified herein and at a rate of not less than 0.05 gallon nor more than 0.15 gallon of diluted emulsion per square yard. Apply the bituminous material so that uniform distribution is obtained over the entire surface to be treated. Treat lightly coated areas and spots missed by the distributor with the bituminous material. Following the application of bituminous material, allow the surface to cure without being disturbed for period of time necessary to permit setting of the tack coat. Apply the bituminous tack coat only as far in advance of the placing of the overlying layer as required for that day's operation. Maintain and protect the treated surface from damage until the succeeding course of pavement is placed.

3.5 CURING PERIOD

Following application of the bituminous material and prior to application of the succeeding layer of pavement, allow the bituminous coat to cure and to obtain evaporation of any volatiles or moisture. Maintain the coated surface until the succeeding layer of pavement is placed, by protecting the surface against damage and by repairing and recoating deficient areas. Allow the prime coat to cure without being disturbed for a period of at least 48 hours or longer, as may be necessary to attain penetration into the treated course. Furnish and spread enough sand to effectively blot up and cure excess bituminous material.


Samples of the bituminous material shall be tested for compliance with the applicable specified requirements. A sample shall be obtained and tested by the Contractor for every 1000 gallons of bituminous material used.

3.7 SAMPLING AND TESTING

Perform sampling and testing by an approved commercial testing laboratory or by facilities furnished by the Contractor. No work requiring testing will be permitted until the facilities have been inspected and approved.

3.7.1 Sampling

The samples of bituminous material, unless otherwise specified, shall be in accordance with ASTM D 140 or AASHTO T 40. Sources from which bituminous materials are to be obtained shall be selected and notification furnished the Engineer within 15 days after the award of the contract.

3.7.2 Calibration Test

Furnish all equipment, materials, and labor necessary to calibrate the bituminous distributor. Calibration shall be made with the approved job material and prior to applying the bituminous coat material to the prepared surface. Calibrate the bituminous distributor in accordance with ASTM D 2995.

3.7.3 Trial Applications

Before providing the complete bituminous coat, apply three lengths of at least 100 feet for the full width of the distributor bar to evaluate the amount of bituminous material that can be satisfactorily applied.



3.7.3.1 Tack Coat Trial Application Rate Unless otherwise authorized, apply the trial application rate of bituminous tack coat materials in the amount of 0.05 gallons per square yard. Other trial applications shall be made using various amounts of material as may be deemed necessary.

3.7.3.2 Prime Coat Trial Application Rate

Unless otherwise authorized, apply the trial application rate of bituminous materials in the amount of 0.25 gallon per square yard. Other trial applications shall be made using various amounts of material as may be deemed necessary.

3.7.4 Sampling and Testing During Construction

Perform quality control sampling and testing as required in paragraph FIELD QUALITY CONTROL. 3.8 TRAFFIC CONTROLS

Keep traffic off surfaces freshly treated with bituminous material. Provide sufficient warning signs and barricades so that traffic will not travel over freshly treated surfaces.

END OF SECTION 321210

Elementary School SHW Group Project No. 4512.013.00 Renovation and Addition July 22, 2014 Ft. Sam Houston ISD Adendum #3

LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 26 4113 - 1

SECTION 26 4113 - LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES – BID ALTERNATE

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide a complete lightning protection system for Elementary School building identified on drawing E504.

B. This Section includes lightning protection for buildings and building elements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. LPI: Lightning Protection Institute.

B. NRTL: National recognized testing laboratory.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit complete Shop Drawings showing the type, size, and locations of all equipment, grounds, and cable routings, etc.

B. Product Data: For air terminals and mounting accessories.

C. Shop Drawings: Detail lightning protection system, including air-terminal locations, conductor routing and connections, and bonding and grounding provisions. Include indications for use of raceway, data on how concealment requirements will be met, and calculations required by NFPA 780 for bonding of grounded and isolated metal bodies.

D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include data on listing or certification by an NRTL or LPI.

E. Certification, signed by Contractor, that roof adhesive for air terminals is approved by manufacturers of both the terminal assembly and the single-ply membrane roofing material.

F. Field inspection reports indicating compliance with specified requirements.


A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who is an NRTL or who is certified by LPI as a Master Installer/Designer.

B. Listing and Labeling: As defined in NFPA 780, "Definitions" Article.



1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of lightning protection with installation of other building systems and components, including electrical wiring, supporting structures and building materials, metal bodies requiring bonding to lightning protection components, and building finishes.

B. Coordinate installation of air terminals attached to roof systems with roofing manufacturer and Installer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS


1. Automatic Lightning Protection. 2. ERICO International Corporation. 3. Harger Lightning Protection, Inc. 4. Heary Bros. Lightning Protection Co. Inc. 5. Independent Protection Co. 6. Robbins Lightning Inc. 7. Thompson Lightning Protection, Inc.

2.2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS

A. Comply with UL 96.

B. Roof-Mounting Air Terminals: NFPA Class I copper, solid unless otherwise indicated.

1. Single-Membrane, Roof-Mounting Air Terminals: Designed for single-membrane roof materials.

C. Ground Rods, Ground Loop Conductors, and Concrete-Encased Electrodes: Comply with Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" and with standards referenced in this Section.

D. Aluminum materials may not be used, except on roofs that require aluminum components in order to be compatible with aluminum roofing materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install lightning protection components and systems according to UL 96A and NFPA 780.

B. Install conductors with direct paths from air terminals to ground connections. Avoid sharp bends and narrow loops.

C. Conceal the following conductors:

1. System conductors. 2. Down conductors. 3. Interior conductors. 4. Conductors within normal view from exterior locations at grade within 200 feet of building. 5. Notify Architect at least 48 hours in advance of inspection before concealing lightning protection

components.



D. Cable Connections: Use approved exothermic-welded connections for all conductor splices and connections between conductors and other components, except those above single-ply membrane roofing.

E. Air Terminals on Single-Ply Membrane Roofing: Comply with adhesive manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Bond extremities of vertical metal bodies exceeding 60 feet in length to lightning protection components.

G. Locate air terminals in such a manner as to insure that all points are within 2'-0" of outside building edge, outside corners, and ridge ends, and that maximum spacing does not exceed 20'-0", and that minimum projection above object protected is 10". (Points projecting 24" may be spaced at 25' max.)

H. Maintain horizontal or downward coursing of main conductor and insure that all bends have at least an 8" radius and do not exceed 90 deg.

I. Attach all exposed roof, down lead and bonding cables at 3'-0" on center maximum. Verify compatibility of adhesive on membrane roof applications prior to installation.

J. Ground electrodes shall be installed as shown on drawing E504, but in no instance shall they be less than 1'-0" below grade and 2'-0" from foundation wall. Driven rods shall penetrate earth at least 10'-0".

K. Bond to water service and other piping systems as shown and as required by codes.

L. Interconnect lightning protection ground to electric, telephone, and other building ground systems as required by code. Provide a common grounding copper bus bar (4”H x 24”W x 1/4”D) in main electrical room nearest to main switchboard – provide new ground bus if one is not available.

M. System shall be installed as shown to insure proper code compliance and system certification. Any major variance shall entail resubmittal and new approval.

N. "As-built" drawings shall be submitted in accordance with certification procedures.

O. All materials are underwriters laboratories approved with labels on conductors at 10'-0" intervals and labels on all air terminals.

3.2 CORROSION PROTECTION

A. Do not combine materials that can form an electrolytic couple that will accelerate corrosion in the presence of moisture unless moisture is permanently excluded from junction of such materials.

B. Use conductors with protective coatings where conditions would cause deterioration or corrosion of conductors.


A. UL Inspection: Provide inspections as required to obtain a UL Master Label for system.

B. Provide an inspection by an inspector certified by LPI to obtain an LPI certification.

END OF SECTION 26 4113

DRAWING INDEXSHEET NUMBERINGKEY

AB123

DISCIPLINE

DISCIPLINE SUB-SET (IF REQUIRED)

TYPE OF SHEET

SHEET SEQUENCE (WITHIN SUB-SET)

0 - GENERAL

1 - PLANS

2 - ELEVATIONS

3 - SECTIONS

4 - LARGE SCALE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS

5 - DETAILS AND SCHEDULES

6 - CEILING PLANS AND DETAILS

7 - INTERIOR FINISH PLANS

8 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

P

F

OE

NW

VD

M

U

T

B

C

L

J

I S

H

A

G

R

Q

K

P

COL

STL

F

OPNG

FOM

FyFURG

FRTW

FT SCRFT

FRP

PREFINPNT

POS

PREFABPR

PLAM PNL

PLAS

PNL

PLYWDFIN GR

FOC

FLR

FINFHC

FEC

FF

FF EL

FAFDFE

PERPPL

PLCP

PLAM

PCP

PEN

PARPA

ORD

OPP

WR

WTWWF

WS

W RECPTWP

DWR

EXH

EXT

EXISTEXP

ETCEW

EXST GR

EWC

EQEQFEQUIP

OC

OPH

OHOFF

OCDOCG

OD

NTS

NEG

NONIC

EAEIFS

ELEV

ELEJ

EXH FN

ELEC

MPH

NA

MULL

MTLMTD

mm

MEMB

MO

MIRR

MKR BDMISC

VWC

WB

WHWDW

WOMW/O

WBBP

WDWC

W/W

VEST

VENDVCTV

VERT

UR SCRNUTIL

UON

DISP

DRDSDWG

DET

DIVDN

DIMDIAGDIADF

DBLDEF

MH

MINMID

MGRMFR

MEP

MECH

MAX

MASMAINT

CUST

CU

CONTCORR

CT

CURT TK

CONCCONNCONSTR

LLV

LT WT

LSD

LVR

LFLG

LLH

LAM

LBLAV

TK SURF

TPTNTYP

TPDTOW

TOMTOS

TOCTLT

TOD

TELTECH

TK STTK BD

TEMP

TC

TO

SUSPSTRUCTSTOR

HM

CLOCLRCMU

CJCLCLG

CH BDCFMF

CCAB

JAN

L

JSTJT

INT

INSUL

IRWC

BOS

BURBOT

BLKHDBLKG

BM

BC

BLDG

BOD

INSUL GL

IN

INCANDINCL

IAW

ID

HDWD

HORIZ

HTHR, HRS

STD

SSTSS

SND

SQSPA

SLDSLNT

SNDU

SIM

SHRSHT

SF

SGLSGD

SDSCHEDSC

ALT

AUXAWI

ARCH

APCAPPROX

ANOD

HDW

ACC EWCACC DF

HDHD GALV

HBHC

ADMIN

AHU

ALUM

AFF

ABA/C

ADJ

GEN

GSU

GYP

GL

GB

GYP BD

GR

GALVGA

RM

RWAF

REQDREP

RO

RCP

REINFRD

REF

RAFR

RBR

QTQA

PTN

PVCPVG

PTWD

PTDPTGR

CPT

ADA, ADAAG

CRC

FO

GLZ

DIST

INFO

MATL

IBC

IPC

INC

OCC

OF/CI

MEJ

NFPA

SECTSEP

S CONC

UL

UR

TAS

MEZZ

ACF

BD

E

DEMO

FOF

FOS

FRZ

DOC

GLZ CMU

HDR

KOPKIT

LKR

MBH

OPR

PCT

PLBG

N

S

RH

STC

EP

BK

ACC

TAB

TER

SSURF

RB

PVR

MTLW

LTFIXT

HIWC

GT

FV

CS

BO

EQUIV

D

PERF

LONG

FP PT

M

PM

RF

ABBREVIATIONS

COLUMN

STEEL

STRUCTURE, STRUCTURAL

TOILET PAPER DISPENSER

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

VINYL COMPOSITION TILE

WIND BRACE BASEPLATE

VINYL WALL COVERING

WELDED-WIRE FABRIC

WATER RESISTANT

FAHRENHEIT

OPENING

FACE OF MASONRY

YIELD STRESS

FOOT SCRAPER

FIBER REINFORCED PLASTICFIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD

FURRING

FEET

FINISH FLOOR

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

FACE OF CONCRETE

FINISH GRADE

FIRE HOSE CABINET

FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION

FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

FLOOR

FINISH

FIRE ALARM

FLOOR DRAIN

PREFINISHED

PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL

POSITIVE

PREFABRICATED

PAIR

PLASTIC, PLASTER

PLYWOOD

PANEL

PLASTIC LAMINATE

PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

PERPENDICULAR

PLATE

PENETRATION

PARALLEL, PARAPET

OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

PUBLIC ADDRESS

OPPOSITE

WEIGHT

WASTE RECEPTICLE

WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOFING

DRAWER

EPOXY QUARTZ FLOORING

EXISTING GRADE

ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREXHAUST

EXTERIOR

EXISTING

EXPANSION, EXPOSED

ET CETERA

EACH WAY

EQUAL

EQUIPMENT

EXPANSION JOINT

EXHAUST FAN

EXT INSUL AND FINISH SYSTEMEACH

ELEVATOR

ELEVATION

ELECTRICAL

ON CENTER

OVERHEAD COILING DOOR

OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE

OUTSIDE DIAMETER/DIMENSION

OPPOSITE HAND

OVERHEAD

OFFICE

NOT IN CONTRACT

NOT TO SCALE

NUMBER

NEGATIVE

WIND BRACE

WOOD

WINDOW

WOMEN

WITHOUT

WATER HEATER

WATER CLOSET, WALL COVERING

WITH

WATTS, WEST, WIDTH, WIDE

MILES PER HOUR

NOT APPLICABLE

MOUNTED

MULLION

METAL

MILLIMETER

MEMBRANE

MIRROR

MARKER BOARD

MISCELLANEOUS

VERTICAL

VOLTS

VENDING

VESTIBULE

UTILITY

URINAL SCREEN

DRINKING FOUNTAIN

DISPENSER

DOOR

DOWNSPOUT

DRAWING

DETAIL

DIVISION, DIVIDEDOWN

DIMENSION

DIAGRAM, DIAGONAL

DIAMETER

DOUBLE

DEFORMED, DEFINITION

CONNECTION, CONNECT

CERAMIC TILE

CONSTRUCTION

CURTAIN TRACK

CUSTODIAN

CUBIC

CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE

CORRIDOR

CONCRETE

TACK SURFACE

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING

MANHOLE

MINIMUM, MINUTE

MIDDLE

MANAGER

MANUFACTURER

MECHANICAL

MAXIMUM

MASONRYMAINTENANCE

TOILET PARTITIONTYPICAL

TOP OF WALL

TOILET

TOP OF CURB, TOP OF CONCRETE

TOP OF MASONRY

TOP OF STEEL, TOP OF STUD

TOP OF DRAIN

LONG LEG VERTICAL

LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER

LOUVER

LIGHTWEIGHT

LONG LEG HORIZONTAL

LINEAR FOOT

LENGTH

LAMINATE

POUND

LAVATORY

TELEPHONE

TOP OF

TEACHER CABINET

TACK STRIP

TACKBOARD

TEMPERATURE

TECHNICAL

STORAGE

SUSPENDED

PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING

REINFORCED, REINFORCEMENT

REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE,REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER

RESILIENT WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING

SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT

PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD

HOLLOW METAL

CHALK BOARD

CONTROL JOINT

CENTER LINE

CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

CLOSET

CLEAR, COLOR, COOLER

CEILING

CELSIUS, CHANNEL

CABINET

BOTTOM OF DECK

BUILT-UP ROOFING

BOTTOM OF STEEL

BOTTOM

BULKHEAD

BLOCKING

BEAM

BACK OF CURB

BUILDING

JANITOR

ANGLE, ANGLE SHAPE

JOIST

JOINT

IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL COVERING

INTERIOR

INSULATION

SQUARE

SPACES

STANDARD

STAINLESS STEEL

SERVICE SINK

SHOWER

SHEET

SIMILAR

SEALEDSEALANT

IN ACCORDANCE WITH

INSULATING GLASS

INSIDE DIAMETER, DIMENSION

INCH, INCHES

INCANDESCENT

INCLUDING

HARD WOOD

HORIZONTAL

HEIGHT

HOUR, HOURS

SCHEDULE

SINGLE

SQUARE FEET

SMOKE DETECTOR

SLIDING GLASS DOOR

SOLID CORE

ALTERNATE

APPROXIMATELY

ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE

AUXILIARY

ANODIZED

ANCHOR BOLT

AIR CONDITIONING

ADMINISTRATION, ADMINISTRATIVE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ALUMINUM

ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT

ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN

HEAD, HEADED, HEAVY DUTY

HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED

ACCESSIBLE ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

HARDWARE

HOLLOW COREHOSE BIBB

REQUIRED

ROOM

ROUGH OPENING

REPRESENTATIVE

RADIUS

RUBBER

ROOF DRAIN

REFER, REFERENCE, REFRIGERATOR

GENERAL

GLAZED STRUCTURAL UNIT

GYPSUM

GLASS

GYPSUM BOARD

GRAB BAR

GRADE

GALVANIZED

GAGE

QUARRY TILE

QUALITY ASSURANCE

PAVEMENT, PAVING

PARTITION

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

PAINT GRADE

CARPET

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTGUIDELINES

COLD ROLLED CHANNEL

FACE OF..., FINISH OPENING

GLAZING

DISTANCE

INFORMATION

MATERIAL

INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE

INCREASE

OCCUPANCY

OWNER FURNISHED/CONTRACTORINSTALLED

MASONRY EXPANSION JOINT

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATION

SECTION

SEPARATE, SEPARATION

SEALED CONCRETE

UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY

URINAL

TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS

MEZZANINE

BOARD

EAST

DEMOLITION, DEMOLISH

FACE OF FINISH

FACE OF STUD

FREEZER

DOCUMENT(S)

GLAZED CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT

HEADER

KITCHEN

KNOCK OUT PANEL

LOCKER

MASONRY OPENING, MOTOROPERATED

MOP/BROOM HOLDER

OPERABLE

PERCENT

PREMANUFACTURED LAMINATE CLADPANELWORK

PAINT, PAINTED

PLUMBING

NORTH

SOUTH

ROOF HATCH

SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS

EPOXY

BRICK

ACCESSIBLE

TABLE

TERRAZO

WOOD STAIN

SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL

RUBBER BASE

PAVER TILE

METAL WALL PANEL

LIGHT FIXTURE

HIGH IMPACT WALL COVERING

GROUT

FIELD VERIFY

CAST STONE

BOTTOM OF

EQUIVALENT

DEPTH, DEEP

PERFORATED

LONGITUDINAL

FILLER PANELPRESSURE TREATED,PESERVATIVE TREATED

MORTAR

ADULT HEIGHT ACCESSSIBLEFIXTURE(S)

PREFINISHED METAL

RUBBER FLOORING

DOOR NUMBER

STUD OR MASONRYDIM TO FACE OF

PLANNORTH

TRUENORTH

FINISH MATERIALDIM TO FACE OF

223

125' 6"

125' 6"

334

WINDOW ELEVATION

DEMOLITION NOTE

COLOR MARK

REVISION NUMBER

ELEVATION ABOVE SEA LEVEL OR DATUM LEVEL

FRAME ELEVATION

COLUMN REFERENCE GRID (LETTER,NUMBER)

NEW CONTOURS

ROOM NAME AND NUMBER

DETAIL

ELEVATION

WALL TYPE

SECTION

NEW OR REQUIRED POINT ELEVATION

EXISTING POINT ELEVATION

EXISTING CONTOURS

PLAN SYMBOLS

Room name

101

24A

101

N

NameElevation

A

A

D1SIM

A2.01

1

A

1

1

A201

A1

?

1' - 6"FOF

5' - 0"

A201

A201

A2

ROUGH WOOD (NON-CONTINUOUS)

ROUGH WOOD (CONTINUOUS)

PLYWOOD

FINISH WOOD

BATT INSULATION

PLASTER, SAND, CEMENT, GROUT

RIGID INSULATION

GYPSUM DRYWALL

METAL (LARGE SCALE)

CUT STONE

CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)

BRICK (COMMON OR FACE)

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

ROCK

EARTH (COMPACTED)

POROUS FILL (STONE OR GRAVEL, ETC.)

EARTH (UNDISTURBED)

MATERIAL LEGEND

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

Final Plans for Bidding and Construction

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

1344 SOUTH FLORES STREETSUITE 201

SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78204

P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

14_F

tS

am

HS

_A

rch

Base_A

13_E

Ro

sillo

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014

4:5

9:5

1P

M

12" = 1'-0"

WOM

FT SAM HOUSTON INDEPENDENTSCHOOL DISTRICT

FT SAM HOUSTON HSCAFETERIA-CLASSROOM

RENOVATIONS

- 4001 Winans Road, SanAntonio, Texas 78234

DRAWING INDEX ANDABBREVIATIONS

G0114512.014.00

06/25/2014

ARCHITECTURAL

AS01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN & STANDOFF REQUIREMENTS

AD11 DEMOLITION FLOOR AND ROOF PLAN

A001 WALL TO DECK DETAILS

A002 TYPICAL STEEL STUD PLAN DETAILS

A111 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN AND WALL TYPES

A211 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND BUILDING SECTIONS

A301 EXTERIOR WALL SECTIONS

A411 ENLARGED TOILET NOTES, LEGENDS AND PLANS

A501 DOOR SCHEDULE, INFO, AND FRAME TYPES

A511 HEAD, JAMB, AND SILL DETAILS

A611 OVERALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND DETAILS

A711 OVERALL EQUIPMENT PLAN, FLOOR PATTERN AND CASEWORK/MILLWORK DETAILS

A801 ROOM FINISH AND COLOR SCHEDULES

A811 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS


GENERAL

G001 PROJECT COVER SHEET

G011 DRAWING INDEX AND ABBREVIATIONS

G101 CODE REVIEW PLAN

S001 ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, AND GENERAL NOTES

S002 GENERAL NOTES

S111 FIRST FLOOR & ROOF FRAMING PLANS

S300 TYPICAL FOUNDATION DETAILS

S301 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS

S302 CONCRETE BEAM SCHEDULE AND DETAILS

S310 CONCRETE SECTIONS

MD111 FIRST LEVEL SHEET METAL DEMOLITION PLAN

MD141 ROOF LEVEL SHEET METAL DEMOLITION PLAN

M001 MECHANICAL LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

M111 FIRST LEVEL MECHANICAL PLAN

M141 ROOF LEVEL SHEET METAL PLAN

M211 FIRST FLOOR HVAC PIPING PLAN.

M301 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN

M401 MECHANICAL DIAGRAMS

M501 MECHANICAL DETAILS


M601 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES

M701 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS LEGEND

M702 CONTROLS DIAGRAM



M705 DDC/BAS SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

ED111 FIRST LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

E001 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

E002 TECHNOLOGY LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

E003 ELECTRICAL COMPOSITE PLAN

E111 FIRST LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN

E211 FIRST LEVEL POWER & AUXILIARY PLAN

E401 ONE LINE DIAGRAM

E411 PANEL SCHEDULES

E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS

E502 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS

E601 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND DETAILS

STRUCTURAL

MECHANICAL

ELECTRICAL

P601 PLUMBING SCHEDULES

PD101 CRAWL SPACE PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

PD111 FIRST LEVEL PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

PD141 ROOF LEVEL PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

P001 PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

P101 CRAWL SPACE & UNDERGROUND PLUMBING PLANS

P111 FIRST LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN

P141 ROOF LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN

P401 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAMS

P501 PLUMBING DETAILS


PLUMBING

FA101 FIRST LEVEL FIRE ALARM PLAN

FD111 FIRST LEVEL FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION PLAN

FP111 FIRST LEVEL FIRE PROTECTION PLAN & DETAILS


_____________________________________________________

BID ALTERNATESALTERNATE NO. 1 PROVIDE WINDOWS REPLACEMENT AS INDICATED ON

SHEETS AD10 AND A113.

ALTERNATE NO. 2 PROVIDE PLAM SYSTEM AT CORRIDORS AS INDICATED ONSHEETS A721 AND A812.

ALTERNATE NO. 3 RE-ROOF EXISTING CAFETERIA AREA AS INDICATED ONSHEET A131.

ALTERNATE NO.4 PROVIDE WORK RELATED WITH SEWER SERVICE, REFERTO SEWER SERVICE NOTE ON SHEET C201.

ALTERNATE NO.5 PROVIDE ALUMINUM FEEDERS PER SPECIFICATIONSECTION 260519.

ALTERNATE NO.6 PROVIDE CLAD CABLE PER DESCRIPTION IN ADDENDUM #3.

ALTERNATE NO.7 PROVIDE UNDERGROUND ELETRICAL FEEDER PERDRAWING E003, KEY NOTE #2.

DRAWING INDEXSHEET NUMBERINGKEY

AB123

DISCIPLINE

DISCIPLINE SUB-SET (IF REQUIRED)

TYPE OF SHEET

SHEET SEQUENCE (WITHIN SUB-SET)

0 - GENERAL

1 - PLANS

2 - ELEVATIONS

3 - SECTIONS

4 - LARGE SCALE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS

5 - DETAILS AND SCHEDULES

6 - CEILING PLANS AND DETAILS

7 - INTERIOR FINISH PLANS

8 - INTERIOR ELEVATIONS

P

F

OE

NW

VD

M

U

T

B

C

L

J

I S

H

A

G

R

Q

K

P

COL

STL

F

OPNG

FOM

FyFURG

FRTW

FT SCRFT

FRP

PREFINPNT

POS

PREFABPR

PLAM PNL

PLAS

PNL

PLYWDFIN GR

FOC

FLR

FINFHC

FEC

FF

FF EL

FAFDFE

PERPPL

PLCP

PLAM

PCP

PEN

PARPA

ORD

OPP

WR

WTWWF

WS

W RECPTWP

DWR

EXH

EXT

EXISTEXP

ETCEW

EXST GR

EWC

EQEQFEQUIP

OC

OPH

OHOFF

OCDOCG

OD

NTS

NEG

NONIC

EAEIFS

ELEV

ELEJ

EXH FN

ELEC

MPH

NA

MULL

MTLMTD

mm

MEMB

MO

MIRR

MKR BDMISC

VWC

WB

WHWDW

WOMW/O

WBBP

WDWC

W/W

VEST

VENDVCTV

VERT

UR SCRNUTIL

UON

DISP

DRDSDWG

DET

DIVDN

DIMDIAGDIADF

DBLDEF

MH

MINMID

MGRMFR

MEP

MECH

MAX

MASMAINT

CUST

CU

CONTCORR

CT

CURT TK

CONCCONNCONSTR

LLV

LT WT

LSD

LVR

LFLG

LLH

LAM

LBLAV

TK SURF

TPTNTYP

TPDTOW

TOMTOS

TOCTLT

TOD

TELTECH

TK STTK BD

TEMP

TC

TO

SUSPSTRUCTSTOR

HM

CLOCLRCMU

CJCLCLG

CH BDCFMF

CCAB

JAN

L

JSTJT

INT

INSUL

IRWC

BOS

BURBOT

BLKHDBLKG

BM

BC

BLDG

BOD

INSUL GL

IN

INCANDINCL

IAW

ID

HDWD

HORIZ

HTHR, HRS

STD

SSTSS

SND

SQSPA

SLDSLNT

SNDU

SIM

SHRSHT

SF

SGLSGD

SDSCHEDSC

ALT

AUXAWI

ARCH

APCAPPROX

ANOD

HDW

ACC EWCACC DF

HDHD GALV

HBHC

ADMIN

AHU

ALUM

AFF

ABA/C

ADJ

GEN

GSU

GYP

GL

GB

GYP BD

GR

GALVGA

RM

RWAF

REQDREP

RO

RCP

REINFRD

REF

RAFR

RBR

QTQA

PTN

PVCPVG

PTWD

PTDPTGR

CPT

ADA, ADAAG

CRC

FO

GLZ

DIST

INFO

MATL

IBC

IPC

INC

OCC

OF/CI

MEJ

NFPA

SECTSEP

S CONC

UL

UR

TAS

MEZZ

ACF

BD

E

DEMO

FOF

FOS

FRZ

DOC

GLZ CMU

HDR

KOPKIT

LKR

MBH

OPR

PCT

PLBG

N

S

RH

STC

EP

BK

ACC

TAB

TER

SSURF

RB

PVR

MTLW

LTFIXT

HIWC

GT

FV

CS

BO

EQUIV

D

PERF

LONG

FP PT

M

PM

RF

ABBREVIATIONS

COLUMN

STEEL

STRUCTURE, STRUCTURAL

TOILET PAPER DISPENSER

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

VINYL COMPOSITION TILE

WIND BRACE BASEPLATE

VINYL WALL COVERING

WELDED-WIRE FABRIC

WATER RESISTANT

FAHRENHEIT

OPENING

FACE OF MASONRY

YIELD STRESS

FOOT SCRAPER

FIBER REINFORCED PLASTICFIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD

FURRING

FEET

FINISH FLOOR

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

FACE OF CONCRETE

FINISH GRADE

FIRE HOSE CABINET

FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION

FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

FLOOR

FINISH

FIRE ALARM

FLOOR DRAIN

PREFINISHED

PLASTIC LAMINATE PANEL

POSITIVE

PREFABRICATED

PAIR

PLASTIC, PLASTER

PLYWOOD

PANEL

PLASTIC LAMINATE

PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

PERPENDICULAR

PLATE

PENETRATION

PARALLEL, PARAPET

OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN

PUBLIC ADDRESS

OPPOSITE

WEIGHT

WASTE RECEPTICLE

WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOFING

DRAWER

EPOXY QUARTZ FLOORING

EXISTING GRADE

ELECTRIC WATER COOLEREXHAUST

EXTERIOR

EXISTING

EXPANSION, EXPOSED

ET CETERA

EACH WAY

EQUAL

EQUIPMENT

EXPANSION JOINT

EXHAUST FAN

EXT INSUL AND FINISH SYSTEMEACH

ELEVATOR

ELEVATION

ELECTRICAL

ON CENTER

OVERHEAD COILING DOOR

OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE

OUTSIDE DIAMETER/DIMENSION

OPPOSITE HAND

OVERHEAD

OFFICE

NOT IN CONTRACT

NOT TO SCALE

NUMBER

NEGATIVE

WIND BRACE

WOOD

WINDOW

WOMEN

WITHOUT

WATER HEATER

WATER CLOSET, WALL COVERING

WITH

WATTS, WEST, WIDTH, WIDE

MILES PER HOUR

NOT APPLICABLE

MOUNTED

MULLION

METAL

MILLIMETER

MEMBRANE

MIRROR

MARKER BOARD

MISCELLANEOUS

VERTICAL

VOLTS

VENDING

VESTIBULE

UTILITY

URINAL SCREEN

DRINKING FOUNTAIN

DISPENSER

DOOR

DOWNSPOUT

DRAWING

DETAIL

DIVISION, DIVIDEDOWN

DIMENSION

DIAGRAM, DIAGONAL

DIAMETER

DOUBLE

DEFORMED, DEFINITION

CONNECTION, CONNECT

CERAMIC TILE

CONSTRUCTION

CURTAIN TRACK

CUSTODIAN

CUBIC

CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE

CORRIDOR

CONCRETE

TACK SURFACE

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING

MANHOLE

MINIMUM, MINUTE

MIDDLE

MANAGER

MANUFACTURER

MECHANICAL

MAXIMUM

MASONRYMAINTENANCE

TOILET PARTITIONTYPICAL

TOP OF WALL

TOILET

TOP OF CURB, TOP OF CONCRETE

TOP OF MASONRY

TOP OF STEEL, TOP OF STUD

TOP OF DRAIN

LONG LEG VERTICAL

LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER

LOUVER

LIGHTWEIGHT

LONG LEG HORIZONTAL

LINEAR FOOT

LENGTH

LAMINATE

POUND

LAVATORY

TELEPHONE

TOP OF

TEACHER CABINET

TACK STRIP

TACKBOARD

TEMPERATURE

TECHNICAL

STORAGE

SUSPENDED

PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING

REINFORCED, REINFORCEMENT

REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE,REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER

RESILIENT WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING

SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL UNIT

PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD

HOLLOW METAL

CHALK BOARD

CONTROL JOINT

CENTER LINE


COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

CLOSET

CLEAR, COLOR, COOLER

CEILING

CELSIUS, CHANNEL

CABINET

BOTTOM OF DECK

BUILT-UP ROOFING

BOTTOM OF STEEL

BOTTOM

BULKHEAD

BLOCKING

BEAM

BACK OF CURB

BUILDING

JANITOR

ANGLE, ANGLE SHAPE

JOIST

JOINT

IMPACT-RESISTANT WALL COVERING

INTERIOR

INSULATION

SQUARE

SPACES

STANDARD

STAINLESS STEEL

SERVICE SINK

SHOWER

SHEET

SIMILAR

SEALEDSEALANT

IN ACCORDANCE WITH

INSULATING GLASS

INSIDE DIAMETER, DIMENSION

INCH, INCHES

INCANDESCENT

INCLUDING

HARD WOOD

HORIZONTAL

HEIGHT

HOUR, HOURS

SCHEDULE

SINGLE

SQUARE FEET

SMOKE DETECTOR

SLIDING GLASS DOOR

SOLID CORE

ALTERNATE

APPROXIMATELY

ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE

AUXILIARY

ANODIZED

ANCHOR BOLT

AIR CONDITIONING

ADMINISTRATION, ADMINISTRATIVE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ALUMINUM

ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT

ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN

HEAD, HEADED, HEAVY DUTY

HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED

ACCESSIBLE ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

HARDWARE

HOLLOW COREHOSE BIBB

REQUIRED

ROOM

ROUGH OPENING

REPRESENTATIVE

RADIUS

RUBBER

ROOF DRAIN

REFER, REFERENCE, REFRIGERATOR

GENERAL

GLAZED STRUCTURAL UNIT

GYPSUM

GLASS

GYPSUM BOARD

GRAB BAR

GRADE

GALVANIZED

GAGE

QUARRY TILE

QUALITY ASSURANCE

PAVEMENT, PAVING

PARTITION

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

PAINT GRADE

CARPET

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTGUIDELINES

COLD ROLLED CHANNEL

FACE OF..., FINISH OPENING

GLAZING

DISTANCE

INFORMATION

MATERIAL

INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE

INCREASE

OCCUPANCY

OWNER FURNISHED/CONTRACTORINSTALLED

MASONRY EXPANSION JOINT

NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTIONASSOCIATION

SECTION

SEPARATE, SEPARATION

SEALED CONCRETE

UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY

URINAL

TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS

MEZZANINE

BOARD

EAST

DEMOLITION, DEMOLISH

FACE OF FINISH

FACE OF STUD

FREEZER

DOCUMENT(S)

GLAZED CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT

HEADER

KITCHEN

KNOCK OUT PANEL

LOCKER

MASONRY OPENING, MOTOROPERATED

MOP/BROOM HOLDER

OPERABLE

PERCENT

PREMANUFACTURED LAMINATE CLADPANELWORK

PAINT, PAINTED

PLUMBING

NORTH

SOUTH

ROOF HATCH

SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS

EPOXY

BRICK

ACCESSIBLE

TABLE

TERRAZO

WOOD STAIN


RUBBER BASE

PAVER TILE

METAL WALL PANEL

LIGHT FIXTURE

HIGH IMPACT WALL COVERING

GROUT

FIELD VERIFY

CAST STONE

BOTTOM OF

EQUIVALENT

DEPTH, DEEP

PERFORATED

LONGITUDINAL

FILLER PANELPRESSURE TREATED,PESERVATIVE TREATED

MORTAR

ADULT HEIGHT ACCESSSIBLEFIXTURE(S)

PREFINISHED METAL

RUBBER FLOORING

DOOR NUMBER

STUD OR MASONRYDIM TO FACE OF

PLANNORTH

TRUENORTH

FINISH MATERIALDIM TO FACE OF

223

125' 6"

125' 6"

334

WINDOW ELEVATION

DEMOLITION NOTE

COLOR MARK

REVISION NUMBER

ELEVATION ABOVE SEA LEVEL OR DATUM LEVEL

FRAME ELEVATION

COLUMN REFERENCE GRID (LETTER,NUMBER)

NEW CONTOURS

ROOM NAME AND NUMBER

DETAIL

ELEVATION

WALL TYPE

SECTION

NEW OR REQUIRED POINT ELEVATION

EXISTING POINT ELEVATION

EXISTING CONTOURS

PLAN SYMBOLS

Room name

101

24A

101

N

NameElevation

A

A

D1SIM

A2.01

1

A

1

1

A201

A1

?

1' - 6"FOF

5' - 0"

A201

A201

A2

ROUGH WOOD (NON-CONTINUOUS)

ROUGH WOOD (CONTINUOUS)

PLYWOOD

FINISH WOOD

BATT INSULATION

PLASTER, SAND, CEMENT, GROUT

RIGID INSULATION

GYPSUM DRYWALL

METAL (LARGE SCALE)

CUT STONE

CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)

BRICK (COMMON OR FACE)

STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

ROCK

EARTH (COMPACTED)

POROUS FILL (STONE OR GRAVEL, ETC.)

EARTH (UNDISTURBED)

MATERIAL LEGEND

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0_F

tS

am

Ele

m_A

rch

Base_A

13_E

Ro

sillo

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014

2:4

3:1

9P

M

12" = 1'-0"

WOM


FT. SAM HOUSTON ESRENOVATIONS &

ADDITION

3370 Nursery Rd, Texas 78234

DRAWING INDEX ANDABBREVIATIONS

G0114512.013.00

06/25/14

A001 WALL TO DECK DETAILS (CMU VERTICAL SPANS)

A002 TYPICAL CMU PLAN DETAILS AND CONTROL JOINTS

A003 WALL TO DECK AND TYPICAL DETAILS - STEEL STUDS

A004 WALL TYPES

A005 TYPICAL FLASHING DETAILS



A110 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN

A111 FLOOR PLAN - AREA A

A112 FLOOR PLAN - AREA B

A113 FLOOR PLAN AREA C - ALTERNATE 1

A121 CLERESTORY FLOOR PLAN

A141 OVERALL ROOF PLAN AND GENERAL NOTES

A201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A202 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A211 BUILDING SECTIONS

A301 EXTERIOR WALL SECTIONS AND SECTION DETAILS



A311 ROOF DETAILS

A312 ROOF DETAILS

A321 SECTION DETAILS

A322 SECTION AND PLAN DETAILS

A323 PLAN DETAILS

A401 ENLARGED TOILET NOTES, LEGENDS AND PLANS

A411 STAIR, RAMP, HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL DETAILS

A501 DOOR SCHEDULE, INFO, AND FRAME TYPES

A511 HEAD, JAMB AND SILL DETAILS

A512 HEAD, JAMB AND SILL DETAILS

A610 OVERALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN

A631 CEILING DETAILS

A710 FIRST FLOOR CASEWORK/MILLWORK, FLOORPATTERN, EQUIPMENT PLAN

A721 ENLARGED TYP FINISH FLOOR PLANS AND FINISHDETAILS

A801 FINISH SCHEDULES AND COLOR SCHEDULES


A812 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - ALT #2

A821 CASEWORK PLANS, ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS

A822 CASEWORK PLANS, ELEVATIONS, & SECTIONS

ARCHITECTURAL

AS01 ARCHITECTURAL SITE AND STAGING PLAN

AS02 ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILS

AD10 OVERALL DEMOLITION PLAN

AD11 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A

AD12 DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA B

CIVILC001 GENERAL NOTESCD01 CIVIL DEMOLITION PLANC101 GRADING PLANC201 UTILITY PLANC301 CIVIL DETAILSC310 CIVIL DETAILSC401 SWPPC410 SWPP DETAILS

GENERAL

G001 PROJECT COVER SHEET

G101 CODE REVIEW PLAN

G201 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLANS

S001 ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, AND GENERAL NOTES

S002 GENERAL NOTES

S010 ATFP SITE PLAN

S100 STRUCTURAL DEMO GROUND AND MID LEVEL

S101 STRUCTURAL DEMO HIGH ROOF

S111 PIER PLAN

S112 FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN

S113 LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN

S114 HIGH ROOF FRAMING PLAN

S120 PARTIAL PLANS

S301 EXPANSIVE CLAY SOIL DETAILS

S302 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS

S303 TYPICAL PAN AND JOIST DETAILS

S310 TYPICAL CONCRETE JOIST DETAILS

S311 CONCRETE BEAM SCHEDULE AND DETAILS

S320 TYPICAL MASONRY DETAILS

S330 FOUNDATION SECTIONS



S400 SIMPLE BEAM CONNECTION DETAILS

S401 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS



S410 ROOF SECTIONS

S420 ROOF SECTIONS

E601 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

ED111 FIRST LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA A

ED112 FIRST LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA B

ED113 FIRST LEVEL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN - EXISTING BLDG

E003 ELECTRICAL COMPOSITE PLAN

E101 CRAWL SPACE ELECTRICAL PLANS

E111 FIRST LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A

E112 FIRST LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B

E211 FIRST LEVEL POWER & AUXILIARY PLAN - AREA A

E212 FIRST LEVEL POWER & AUXILIARY PLAN - AREA B

E401 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM

E411 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES

E412 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES


E502 TECHNOLOGY DETAILS



E001 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

E002 TECHNOLOGY LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS

FA102 FIRST LEVEL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - AREA B

FA103 FIRST FLOOR EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM PLAN

FA104 FIRST LEVEL FIRE ALARM PLAN

FA501 FIRE ALARM DETAILS

FD111 FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION PLAN - AREA B

FP111 FIRST LEVEL FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - AREA A

FP112 FIRST LEVEL FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - AREA B

FP501 FIRE PROTECTION DETAILS AND SCHEDULES

FA101 FIRST LEVEL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - AREA A

MD112 DEMOLITION MECHANICAL PLAN - AREA B

M111 FIRST LEVEL SHEET METAL PLAN - AREA A

M112 FIRST LEVEL SHEET METAL PLAN - AREA B

M141 ROOF LEVEL SHEET METAL PLAN

M211 FIRST LEVEL HVAC PIPING PLAN - AREA A

M212 FIRST LEVEL HVAC PIPING PLAN - AREA B

M301 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLANS AND SECTIONS

M302 AIR HANDLING UNITS LAYOUTS AND SECTIONS

M401 MECHANICAL DIAGRAMS







M701 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS LEGEND








M709 DDC/BAS SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

M001 MECHANICAL LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

PD101 CRAWL SPACE PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN

PD111 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A

PD112 FIRST LEVEL DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B

P101 CRAWL SPACE PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A

P102 CRAWL SPACE PLUMBING PLANS - AREA B

P111 FIRST LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN - AREA A

P112 FIRST LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN - AREA B

P141 ROOF LEVEL PLUMBING PLAN

P402 DOMESTIC WATER AND NATURAL GAS RISER DIAGRAMS



P001 PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION LEGENDS, SYMBOLS ANDABBREVIATIONS

STRUCTURAL

MECHANICAL

ELECTRICAL

FIRE PROTECTION

PLUMBING

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

. .

3

3

SEE STRUCT DOCS FORFOOTING AND FOUNDATIONCONSTRUCTION NOTES.

GRADING - REF CIVIL

3/4" EJ W/ COMPRESSIBLEFILLER AND TRAFFICGRADE SEALANT TYP

8" CMU GROUT CELLSOLID AT 48" DOWEL TOFOUNDATION

PR

OV

IDE

WE

EP

HO

LE

SA

T2

4"

OC

,T

YP

.

8'-

0"

MECHANICAL YARD

VARIES

VARIES

CONCRETE PAD - 6" CONCRETE(3000 PSI) WITH #4 @12" O.C.E.OVER 6" OF COMPACTEDFLEXIBLE BASE

ROWLOCK BRICK CAP.PROVIDE SOLID BRICKSWHERE FACE IS EXPOSED

DOWEL AT 16" OC W/CAP SEALED DEFORMEDFLASHING REFER SMACNAMANUAL FIGURE 4-2 TYP.

SCREEN WALL SECTION

SLOPES

A3

A321SIM

A1

A321SIM

3

3

3

XA03

X12

XA

F

12

H

100' - 0"

NEW LANDING - REF STRUCT

5' - 2"

NEW RAMP - REF CIVIL

11' - 0" 5' - 0"

F.V

.

3'-

9"

5'-

0"

125.00°

SLOPES 2% 6'-

5"

EXISTING FLOOR BED

8' - 2"

C.J.

EXISTINGSIDEWALK

NEW SIDEWALK -REF CIVIL

COMPRESSED FILLERAND TRAFFIC GRADESEALANT

1' - 6 1/2"

4'-

83

/4"

STEEL GALV. FLOORMOUNTED GUARDRAIL -REF DETAIL E1/A411

SLOPES 1/12100' - 0"

2 STEPS DN

REF CIVIL

REF CIVIL

XA01

XC

XE

XD

B1

A211

EXISTING SIDE WALK

EXISTINGSIDE WALK

A7B

A7A

A7A

NEW LANDING - REF STRUCT

7' - 0"

NEW RAMP - REF CIVIL

6' - 0"

5' - 0"

5'- 0"

9' - 2"

5'-

0"

20

'-3

"5

'-0

"

C.J.

100' - 0"

SLOPES 2%

GALV. FLOOR MOUNTEDHANDRAIL - REF DETAIL E1/A411

1' - 0" 1' - 0"

REF CIVIL

SLOPES 1/12

3

J

3' - 8" 8' - 3"

5'-

0"

1'-

61

/2"

A100A

100' - 0"

SLO

PE

S2%

CONCRETE LANDING -REF STRUCTURAL

CONCRETE STAIRS -REF CIVIL

STEEL GALV. FLOORMOUNTED GUARDRAIL- REF DETAIL G6/A411

STEEL GALV. FLOORMOUNTED GUARDRAIL- REF DETAIL G8/A411

GALV. FLOORMOUNTED HANDRAIL -REF DETAIL G4/A411

1' - 0" 1' - 0"

EXISTING DOCK AREA

B

C

2

A

D

SLOPES 2%

SLO

PE

S2%

1'-

61

/2"

5' - 0" 1' - 6 1/2"

NEW SIDEWALK -REF CIVIL.

EXISTINGSIDEWALK


A100B

A105B


PROVIDE SOLIDSAT ENDS, TYP.

SLOPED ROWLOCK BRICK

2 5/8"

1'-2"

3 5/8"

2"x5/8"x3/16" x 2" LONG WELDED STLANGLE TO PROVIDE SEAT FORGATE STOP IN THE UP POSITION.

FLATTENED STL ROD ROTATED90° W/ KNURLED OR STAMPEDTACTILE SURFACE

1/8" STL PLATE RECEIVERSWELDED TO STL BRACE BEHIND.

1-1/2" DIA STL STOP WELDTO THRU-BOLT

1/8" STL PLATE RECEIVERSWELDED TO STL BRACE BEHIND.

GATE FRAME

HEAVY DUTY CASTER WHEEL AT EACHGATE; (CASTER TO HAVE FREE RANGEOF MOTION FROM GATE STOP, TYP)

4"x4"x3/8" EMBEDDED RECEIVERPLATE FOR GATE STOP W/ PUNCHEDHOLES TO ACCOMMODATE GATESTOPS FOR EACH GATE. MEASUREAND VERIFY FOR EXACT LOCATIONOF HOLES.

3"

18"

1/4

"

3 1/2" 5/8"

11/4

"

1 1/2"

PLAN VIEW

ELEVATION

GATE STOP DETAIL

2"

8"

6" DIA STEEL PIPE -GRIND SMOOTH ALLWEATHER EXPOSEDSURFACES BEFOREPAINTING

3"x3" STEEL TUBE FRAMEWELD AND GRINDSMOOTH ALL WEATHEREXPOSED SURFACESBEFORE PAINTING

16 GA GALV STL SHEETFASTENED TO FRAMEFOR SCREEN PURPOSES

CONT 2" STL CROSSBRACE MOUNTEDBEHIND SOLID STLSHEET FOR STABILITY

2"W x 18 GA CONT STLPLATE - MIDDLE, TOP ANDBOT - FASTEN STL SHEETTO PLATES, TYP

1/4" THICK STL CORNERBRACE W/ WELDED GATESTOP ASSEMBLY.

SOLID FACE BRICKROWLOCK CAP

FACE BRICK

GATE HINGES

1/4" STL PLATE

6" EXTRA STRONGPIPE POST FILLEDW/CONCRETE

8W" x 8L" PAINT-GRIPGALV EXTRA STRONGSTL PIPE - WELD TO POSTCONT TOP & BOT - GRINDSMOOTH AND REPAIRGALVANIZING

7-1/2" REF PLAN

RE

FE

LE

V8"

TYPICAL ELEVATION OF GATE/SCREEN WALL

12" DIA HOLE FILLEDW/ 3000 PSI CONC

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0_F

tS

am

Ele

m_A

rch

Base_A

13_w

mag

alo

ni.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

2:4

3:3

7P

M

As indicated

Checker



ADDITION


ARCHITECTURAL SITEDETAILS

AS024512.013.00

06/25/14

1" = 1'-0"

SCREEN WALL DETAILA8

1/4" = 1'-0"

ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILA3

1/4" = 1'-0"

ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILE3

1/4" = 1'-0"

ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILG1

1/4" = 1'-0"

ARCHITECTURAL SITE DETAILA1

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

WALL ROWLOCK CAP DETE9

3/4" = 1'-0"

SITE GATE STOP DETAILD7

3/4" = 1'-0"

SITE GATE ELEVATIONG7

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

3

FD

FD

FD

FD FD

FD FD

FD

1. ON THIS PLAN, WALL TYPE 64 IS TYP AT EXTERIORWALLS UON, AND WALL TYPE 26 IS TYP AT INTERIORWALLS, UON.

2. REFER TO SHEET A111 FOR ADDITIONALGENERAL PLAN NOTES

GENERAL PLAN NOTES:

11

F

12

H

J

XB

A1

A211

B1

A211

B100D

B114A

B104

B101C

B101B

B101A

CLINICB101A

TLTB101C

OFFICEB101B

TESTINGB104

JANB114

CORRIDORB100D

B100A

B102

B107

PEIM / REGIST.B102

VICE #2B103

VICE #1B105

PRINCIPALB106A

ASSISTANTB107

ADMB108

VESTB111

RECEPTIONB109

CORRIDORB100C

CORRIDORB100A

B106B

WORKROOMB116

ELECB106B

B103 B105 B106A

TLTB110

A401G1

A401C1

E

F5

A302F3

A302

A1

A303

A2

A303

A4

A303

A323C1

A323A1

A323C4

BOYSB113B STOR

B112

GIRLSB115B

CORRIDORB100B

VESTB113A

VESTB115A

B112

MA

TC

HLI

NE

- R

EF

AR

EA

A

A5

A6

A7A

A7B

A7A

A1 A1A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1A A1A

A3

A4

A3

MATCHLINE - REF AREA A

B110

B100B

B110

B109B B109A

B111A

B111B

B111E

B111D

B111C

A323C7

A323A4

DISP. REF DET A7/A512

19' - 7 1/2"

1" E.J. 1' - 1 1/2"

13' - 0" 13' - 6" 7' - 1 3/4" 5' - 11" 9' - 5"

A323F1

A5AA5A

5' -

7"

1" E

.J.

8 1/

4"11

' - 9

1/2

"11

' - 1

"9'

- 0

3/4

"

15' - 9" 3' - 10"3 1/2"

11' -

10

3/4"

8' -

10

1/4"

7' -

4 3

/4"

13' - 0 1/2" 6' - 7"1" EJ

20' - 2 1/2" 4' - 9 1/4" 9' - 9 1/2"

5' -

7"

1' -

10"

7' -

5"

7' - 10" 8' - 2" 9' - 0" 4' - 7 1/2"

13' -

9"

19' - 2" 20' - 9 1/4" 11' - 0 1/4"

19' -

7 7

/8"

3 1/2"

10' - 8 3/4" 8' - 7 1/2"

1

8' - 8"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 8"

F.V.

6' - 8" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 7" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 8"5' - 0"

F.V.

12' - 1" 5' - 0"

B110P

A323G9

A1BA1B A1B A1B

5' - 0" 6' - 4 1/2" 5' - 0" 9' - 2" 5' - 0" 5' - 0" 5' - 0"

CONT EXP JOINT COVER, TYP.

24A

41

41

41

26

26

26

26

26

2626

26

41

41

26

41

64A

BO

VE

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

262626

8

8

41

26

26

36

41

64

41

61

61

61

61

61

61

10 1

/2"

X11

X14

A121A A120A

X116X118X124X125X126

A123

A100D

A120P

B114P

A122

2' - 0" 5' - 6" 2' - 0" 4' - 4"

INFILL

5' - 0"

6164 64

26A

26A

26

2424

24

8

24A

24A

INF

ILL

6' -

11"

1

INF

ILL

3' -

5"

66

B100C

A100C

A100E A100F

E7

A631POWER WASH EXTERIOR WALL

POWER WASH EXTERIOR WALL

D5

A112 A112G1

D7

A112

D8

A112

A112

G3

A822 A5

41 41 41 41

41 41 41

41

41

41

CONSTRUCTION LEGEND

EXISTING WALLSTO REMAIN

AREA OF NO ARCHWORK

NEW WALLS

EXISTING DOORSTO REMAIN

D5

A112

D7

A112D8

A112

A112G6

A112G8

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A112E9

A512G1

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

D5

A112

D7

A112

D8

A112

A1A A1A

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A512G1

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A322A9

A322C9

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Rev

it L

oca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t S

am E

lem

_Arc

h B

ase_

A13

_vsi

erra

.rvt

7/22

/201

4 9:

53:2

1 A

M

As indicated

WOM



ADDITION3370 Nursery Rd, Texas 78234

FLOOR PLAN - AREA B

A1124512.013.00

06/25/14

1/8" = 1'-0"

FLOOR PLAN - AREA BA1

RENOVATION KEYNOTES# Description

1 INFILL EXISTING OPENING WITH WALL (TYPE 56). REFER DETAILS ATSHEET F4/A322


3 PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS NEEDED AND REPAINT ENTIRE ROOM,COORDINATE COLOR AND DETAILS W/ ARCHITECT.

4 PAINT EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. COORDINATE COLOR WITHARCHITECT.

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

3

3

4

2

1

3/4" = 1'-0"

PLAN DETAILG1

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND5

1/4" = 1'-0"

ELEVATIONG3

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND7

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND8

33333

3

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SILL DETAILE9

3" = 1'-0"

JAMB DETAILG6 3" = 1'-0"

JAMB DETAILG8

FD

FD

FD

FD FD

FD FD

FD

1. ON THIS PLAN, WALL TYPE 64 IS TYP AT EXTERIORWALLS UON, AND WALL TYPE 26 IS TYP AT INTERIORWALLS, UON.

2. REFER TO SHEET A111 FOR ADDITIONALGENERAL PLAN NOTES

GENERAL PLAN NOTES:

11

F

12

H

J

XB

A1

A211

B1

A211

B100D

B114A

B104

B101C

B101B

B101A

CLINIC

B101A

TLT

B101C

OFFICE

B101B

TESTING

B104

JAN

B114

CORRIDOR

B100D

B100A

B102

B107

PEIM / REGIST.

B102

VICE #2

B103

VICE #1

B105

PRINCIPAL

B106A

ASSISTANT

B107

ADM

B108

VEST

B111

RECEPTION

B109

CORRIDOR

B100C

CORRIDOR

B100A

B106B

WORKROOM

B116

ELEC

B106B

B103 B105 B106A

TLT

B110

A401

G1

A401

C1

E

F5

A302F3

A302

A1

A303

A2

A303

A4

A303

A323

C1

A323

A1

A323

C4

BOYS

B113B STOR

B112

GIRLS

B115B

CORRIDOR

B100B

VEST

B113A

VEST

B115A

B112

MA

TC

HLIN

E-

RE

FA

RE

AA

A5

A6

A7A

A7B

A7A

A1 A1A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1A A1A

A3

A4

A3

MATCHLINE - REF AREA A

B110

B100B

B110

B109B B109A

B111A

B111B

B111E

B111D

B111C

A323

C7

A323

A4

DISP. REF DET A7/A512

19' - 7 1/2"

1" E.J. 1' - 1 1/2"

13' - 0" 13' - 6" 7' - 1 3/4" 5' - 11" 9' - 5"

A323

F1

A5AA5A

5'-

7"

1"

E.J

.8

1/4

"1

1'-

91

/2"

11

'-1

"9

'-0

3/4

"

15' - 9" 3' - 10"3 1/2"

11

'-1

03

/4"

8'-

10

1/4

"7

'-4

3/4

"

13' - 0 1/2" 6' - 7"1" EJ

20' - 2 1/2" 4' - 9 1/4" 9' - 9 1/2"

5'-

7"

1'-

10

"

7'-

5"

7' - 10" 8' - 2" 9' - 0" 4' - 7 1/2"

13

'-9

"

19' - 2" 20' - 9 1/4" 11' - 0 1/4"

19

'-7

7/8

"

3 1/2"

10' - 8 3/4" 8' - 7 1/2"

1

8' - 8"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 8"

F.V.

6' - 8" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 7" 5' - 0"

F.V.

11' - 9" 5' - 0"

F.V.

6' - 8"5' - 0"

F.V.

12' - 1" 5' - 0"

B110P

A323

G9

A1BA1B A1B A1B

5' - 0" 6' - 4 1/2" 5' - 0" 9' - 2" 5' - 0" 5' - 0" 5' - 0"

CONT EXP JOINT COVER, TYP.

24A

41

41

41

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

41

41

26

41

64A

BO

VE

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

26

262626

8

8

41

26

26

36

41

64

41

61

61

61

61

61

61

10

1/2

"

X11

X14

A121A A120A

X116X118X124X125X126

A123

A100D

A120P

B114P

A122

2' - 0" 5' - 6" 2' - 0" 4' - 4"

INFILL

5' - 0"

6164 64

26A

26A

26

2424

24

8

24A

24A

INF

ILL

6'-

11

"

1

INF

ILL

3'-

5"

66

B100C

A100C

A100E A100F

E7

A631



D5

A112 A112

G1

D7

A112

D8

A112

A112

G3

A822 A5

41 41 41 41

41 41 41

41

41

41

A148

1

A149 1

CONSTRUCTION LEGEND

EXISTING WALLSTO REMAIN

AREA OF NO ARCHWORK

NEW WALLS

EXISTING DOORSTO REMAIN

D5

A112

D7

A112

D8

A112

A112

G6

A112

G8

41 41

REMOVE SECTION OF WALL/SILL TO ACCOMODATE NEW STEEL COLUMN

5' - 0"

5/8" GYP BOARD OVER 6" STUDS

A1A

64

EXISTING WALL

61

PAINTED STEEL PLATE ANDCOLUMN, REF STRUCT, TYP.

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A112

E9

A512

G1

NEW STEEL COLUMN,REF STRUCT.

EXISTING WALL

5/8" GYP BOARDOVER 6" STUDSWALL INFILL

EXISTING CONCRETEBEAM

A1A

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

D5

A112

D7

A112

D8

A112

A1A A1A

NEW CMU WALL, P1

NEW GYP BOARD, P1

EXISTING WALL, P1

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A512

G1

A112

E9

A1A


EXISTING WALL

WALL TYPE 41


F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

A322

A9

A322

C9


EXISTING WALL

WALL TYPE 41


WALL TYPE 64

ALUMINUMSTOREFRONT

SEALANT ONEACH SIDE

BREAK METAL FILLERS ASNEEDED, MATCHSTOREFRONT MULLIONS

STEEL PLATE ANDCOLUMN, REF STRUCT

EXISTING SILL

EXISTING MASONRYWALL

CAULK (TYP.)

MFR'S STD SUB-SILLMECH ANCHORED TO

BLOCKING

1/2" PLYWD W/ 3/4"x1-1/2"HDWD EDGE STOOL -

PROVIDE PLAM ON ALLEXPOSED SURFACES

WALL TYPE 41

WALL TYPE 61

METAL PANEL CLOSURE TRIM

FLEXIBLE MEMBRANEFLASHING OVER

METAL PANEL CLOSURE TRIM ATOPENING, MATCH FINISH OFWINDOW

STEEL PLATE ANDCOLUMN, REFER STRUCT

EXISTING SILL BELOW

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT

EXISTING WALL

WALL TYPE 64

METAL PANEL CLOSURE TRIM

FLEXIBLE MEMBRANEFLASHING OVER

METAL PANEL CLOSURE TRIM ATOPENING, MATCH FINISH OF

WINDOW

STEEL PLATE ANDCOLUMN, REFER STRUCT

EXISTING SILL BELOW

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0_F

tS

am

Ele

m_A

rch

Base_A

13_w

mag

alo

ni.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

4:4

4:2

3P

M

As indicated

WOM



ADDITION


FLOOR PLAN - AREA B

A1124512.013.00

06/25/14

1/8" = 1'-0"

FLOOR PLAN - AREA BA1

RENOVATION KEYNOTES

# Description



3 PATCH AND REPAIR WALLS AS NEEDED AND REPAINT ENTIRE ROOM,COORDINATE COLOR AND DETAILS W/ ARCHITECT.

4 PAINT EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. COORDINATE COLOR WITHARCHITECT.

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

3

3

4

2

1

3/4" = 1'-0"

PLAN DETAILG1

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND5

1/4" = 1'-0"

ELEVATIONG3

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND7

1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTIOND8

33333

3

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SILL DETAILE9

3" = 1'-0"

JAMB DETAILG6 3" = 1'-0"

JAMB DETAILG8

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

BCF AHJ

XB

E

A202C1

Mech Level112' - 6"

Crawl Sp Level95' - 0"

BK1MP1MP2MP1BK1BK1

PRE-FINISHEDMETALGUTTERS &DOWNSPOUTS(TYP)

PRE-FINISHED METALFASCIA

A2A2

METAL WALL PANELVENEER - VERTICAL (TYP)

METAL WALL PANELVENEER - HORIZONTAL(TYP)

HOLLOWMETALDOOR &FRAME

MASONRY VENEERWALL (TYP)

REINFORCED WINDOWSYSTEM, REF: STRUCT(TYP)

EXISITING BRICK VENEERTO REMAIN

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

B C FA H JE GD

Mech Level112' - 6"


MP1BK1BK1BK1BK1 HOLLOW METALDOOR & FRAME, REF:DOOR SCHEDULE

A2AA2

ACCESSIBLE RAMP AND HANDRAILS, REF: DETAILS

REINFORCED WINDOW& FRAME SYSTEM, REF:STRUCT (TYP)MASONRY VENEER

WALL (TYP)

PRE-FINISHED METALGUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS(TYP)PRE-FINISHED METALFASCIA EXISITING BRICK VENEER

TO REMAIN

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

HJ

XB

Mech Level112' - 6"


A3A4A3

A7BA7AA7A

MP2STOREFRONT SYSTEM(TYP)

EXISITING BRICK VENEER WALL TO REMAIN

METAL PANEL VENEER -HORIZONTAL (TYP)

METAL PANEL VENEER - VERTICAL (TYP)

EXISTING CONCRETE TO REMAIN

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

Mech Level112' - 6"


BK1BK1BK1 HOLLOW METAL DOORAND FRAME(TYP) INFILL, TYP

INFILL, TYPINFILL, TYPHOLLOW METAL DOORAND FRAME(TYP)

EXISITING BRICK VENEER TO REMAIN BRICK VENEER WALL(TYP)

BK1 BK1 BK1

INFILL, TYP INFILL, TYPINFILL, TYP

F.F. Level 1100' - 0"

Mech Level112' - 6"


MP1MP1MP1MP1

AA AAAH AH

AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AAAH

AA AAAH

TYPTYPTYPTYPEXISITING BRICK VENEER WALL TO REMAIN


WINDOW & FRAME SYSTEM(TYP)

EXISITNG BRICK VENEER WALL TO REMAIN


WINDOW & FRAME SYSTEM(TYP)

MP1MP1MP1TYPTYPTYP

ELEVATION LEGEND

- EXISTING STONE (RANDOM ASHLAR)

- PLASTER - PS1

- BRICK - BK1 (MODULAR)

- VERTICAL METAL PANEL - MP2

- HORIZONTAL METAL PANEL - MP1

3

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Rev

it L

oca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t S

am E

lem

_Arc

h B

ase_

A13

_vsi

erra

.rvt

7/22

/201

4 9:

55:1

4 A

M

As indicated

WOM




EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

A2024512.013.00

06/25/14

1/8" = 1'-0"

EAST ELEVATIONA1

1/8" = 1'-0"

WEST ELEVATIONC6

3/16" = 1'-0"

ENLARGED EAST ENTRANCEC1

1/8" = 1'-0"

TYPICAL CLASSROOM WING - SOUTH ELEVATION (ALT 1)G1

1/8" = 1'-0"

TYPICAL CLASSROOM WING - NORTH ELEVATION (ALT 1)F1

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

RCP GENERAL NOTES

1. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILINGHEIGHTS NOT SHOWN.

2. THE TERM 'APEX' USED IN THIS SHEET REFERS TOTHE HIGHEST POINT OF THE CURVE, PITCH ORRIDGE.

3. FIELD VERIFY ALL BULKHEAD DIMENSIONS PRIORTO CONSTRUCTION.

4. PROVIDE CJ'S AT 30'-0" O.C. MAX AT ALL GYP BDBULKHEADS.

CEILING LEGEND

SUSPENDED GYP BD CEILINGSYSTEM OR GYP BDBULKHEAD REF DWGS.

2'-0"x2'-0" ACOUSTIC PANELCEILING SYSTEM. PER FINISHSCHEDULE

109'-8"

EXPOSED STRUCTURE OREXISTING TO REMAIN

RECESSED 2' X 4' LIGHTFIXTURE REF MEP DOC

ELEVATION HEIGHT SYMBOLINDICATES HEIGHT OF CEILINGABOVE ELEVATION 100'-0"

RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTUREREF MEP DOC

PENDANT MTD FIXTURE REFMEP DOC.

PENDANT MTD LIGHT FIXTUREREF MEP DOC

WALL MOUNTED LIGHTREFER TO MEP DWGS

2' X 2' CEILING ACCESSPANEL

SUPPLY AND RETURN AIRGRILLS. REF MEP DOCS

EXIT LIGHTING - REF MEPDOCS

XH

XJ

XK

111094

B

C

F

32 12

A

H

6 7

J

XB

KINDER EA106

KINDER FA107

KINDER GA108

KINDER HA109

TLTA114

SPECIAL EDA112

CO-TEACH CLASSA113

KINDER IA117

COUNSELOR #2A118

CORRIDORA100B

KINDER CA103

MECH / RISERA105B

KINDER AA101

COUNSELOR #1A119

WOMENA121

MENA120

CORRIDORA100D

PEIM / REGIST.B102

VICE #2B103

VICE #1B105 PRINCIPAL

B106A

ASSISTANTB107

CORRIDORB100A

CLINICB101A

CLINICB101A

OFFICEB101B

TLTB101C

TESTINGB104

TLTB110

ADMB108

RECEPTIONB109

VESTB111

CO

RR

IDO

RA

100A

CORRIDORB100C

CORRIDORB100D

JANB114

E

8

WORKROOMB116

ELECB106B

GIRLSA110B CONF

A115IDF

A116

JANA111

KINDER DA104

WORKROOMA126

STORA127

BOYSA110A

KINDER BA102

BOYSB113B

STORB112

STORAGEA123

PLATFORMA122

RAMPA124

CORRIDORA100C

GIRLSB115B

ELECA128

CORRIDORB100B

VESTB113A

VESTB115A

109' - 4"

111' - 6"111' - 6" 111' - 6" 111' - 6"

109' - 4"109' - 4"

109' - 4" 109' - 4"

111' - 6"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

111' - 6"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

110' - 0"

110' - 0"

115' - 6"

115' - 7 7/8"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

115' - 0"

111' - 6"

111' - 6"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"109' - 4"

109' - 4" 109' - 4"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

108' - 8"

5

109' - 8"109' - 4"

109' - 8"

109' - 4"

109' - 8"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 8"

109' - 0"109' - 0"

109' - 8"

112' - 4"

109' - 8"111' - 0"

109' - 6"

114' - 6"

112' - 6"

108' - 8"

111' - 0"115' - 6"

117' - 6"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

AC.5

AD.5

8 9

G

D

A0

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4" 109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

111' - 1"111' - 1" 111' - 1"

109' - 4" 109' - 4"

109' - 4"

109' - 4"

111' - 4"

CEILING MOUNT THE EXISTINGPROJECTION SCREEN(SALVAGED DURING DEMO) -COORDINATE W/ MEP

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG.

NO CLG

118' - 1 1/4"

108' - 8" 108' - 8"

LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE, REFELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN

RELOCATE

E.J.

EJ

108' - 6"

108' - 6"

R 5'-0

"

4' - 2"

7' -

8"

R 4'-0"R 8

'-0"

R 5'-2"

R 5'-0"

R 8

'-2"

R 3'-6"

R 5'-2"

R 6'-2

"

R 7'-10"

R 3'-6"

R 5'-0"

R 3'-6"

R 5'-0"R

3'-6

"

R 5'-0"

R 3'-6

"

R 5'-0

"

R 3'-6"

112' - 0"

4' -

0" 10"

1' - 5"

1' -

2"

8"

4' -

9"

2' - 9"

5' -

0"

3' -

9"

4' - 11" 2' - 2"

5' -

7"

4' - 11"

3' -

1"

4' - 8"

1' -

4"

3' -

6"

1' - 5"

5' - 7"

5' -

6"

10' -

9"

5' -

4"

3' -

9"

5' -

4"1' - 8"

3' - 11"

2' - 0"

4' -

5"

8"

5' -

4"

3' -

10" 10' - 3"

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

G9

A631

A9

A631

A9

A631

A9

A631

A9

A631

A9

A631

A9

A631A9

A631

B9

A631

D9

A631

TYP

A7

A631

G9

A631

D9

A631

D9

A631

E9

A631

E9

A631

E9

A631

TYP

E9

A631

E9

A631

E9

A631

E7

A631CEILING CLOUD LIGHT FIXTURES,REF:MEP(TYP)

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Rev

it L

oca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t S

am E

lem

_Arc

h B

ase_

A13

_vsi

erra

.rvt

7/22

/201

4 9:

56:5

2 A

M

As indicated

WOM




OVERALL REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN

A6104512.013.00

06/25/14

1/8" = 1'-0"

OVERALL REFLECTED CEILING PLANA1

1 07/11/14 ADD #1

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

FD

FD

FD

FDFD

FD

FD FD

FD

FD FD

FD

FD

FLOOR PATTERN LEGEND

VT1

CTF1

VT2

VT3

VT4

VT5

VT6

C1

AF

VT7

RF

SCONC

A811

B1

A811

A811

E3

A811

D1

A811A8

G3

G1E1

B8

A1

B7 A7

D3

A811

E8

F8

CLINICB101A

TLTB101C

OFFICEB101B

TESTINGB104

TLTB110

JANB114

CORRIDORB100D

PEIM / REGIST.B102

VICE #2B103

VICE #1B105

PRINCIPALB106A

ASSISTANTB107

ADMB108

VESTB111

RECEPTIONB109

CORRIDORB100C

CORRIDORB100A

TLTA114

WORKROOMB116

COUNSELOR #2A118

COUNSELOR #1A119

CORRIDORA100D

KINDER IA117

CO-TEACH CLASSA113

SPECIAL EDA112

MENA120WOMEN

A121

ELECB106B

KINDER HA109

KINDER GA108

KINDER FA107

KINDER EA106

KINDER CA103

KINDER AA101

MECH / RISERA105B

MECH COURTYARDA105A

CORRIDORA100B

CO

RR

IDO

RA

100A

A821

D8

A3A1

A821

F5

A821 F2

GIRLSA110B

CONFA115

IDFA116JAN

A111KINDER D

A104

WORKROOMA126

STORA127

BOYSA110A

KINDER BA102

BOYSB113B

STORB112

STORAGEA123

PLATFORMA122

CORRIDORA100C

GIRLSB115B

ELECA128

CORRIDORB100B

??

VESTB115A

A811 E9

C1

C3

A821A7

A822B1

A821

G7

A821G1

A821

F7

A821

F8

A821

G6

A821

G9

A821D9

A821

F1A821 G5

A821G3

G2

1P4 2

1P4

1

A821

D6

D4

D1

A821

G6

A821 F7

A821G1

F9

A811

D5

C5

A811E6 F6

103' - 6"

REFER TO A7/A721 FORTYPICAL CLASSROOM LAYOUT











A821A3MIR

A821 A1MIR

A821

D8

A821A3MIR

A821 A1MIR

A821

D8

A821A3 A821 A1A821

D8

A821A3 A821 A1A821

D8

A821

A3

A821 D8A821

A1

A821

A3

A821

A1

MIR

MIR

A821D8MIR

MIR MIR MIR

A821 D8A821

A3 MIR

A821

A1

A821

A1 MIR

A821D8MIR

A821

B4

B1

A721A1

STAGE CURTAIN, REF SPEC ANDCOORDINATE COLOR W/ ARCH.

A812

A1

A812

B1

A812 A7A812B7

A812A8 A812 B8

A812

C1

A812

C3

A812

D1

A812

D3

A812

C5

A812

D5

5' -

0"

57' -

0"

5' -

0"

EQ 20' - 0" EQ

8' - 0"

5' - 0"4' - 0"

3' - 6"

5' - 0"

6' - 0"

3' - 6"

5' - 0"

3' - 6"5' - 0

"

3' - 6"

3' - 6"5' - 0"

3' - 6"

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' T

KB

D

12

' MK

BD

4' T

KB

D

4' TKBD 12' MKBD 4' TKBD 4' TKBD 12' MKBD 4' TKBD

4' TKBD 12' MKBD 4' TKBD

12' M

KB

D

4

' TK

BD4' TKBD

8' MKBD

8' MKBD

TV

TV

PROVIDECURTAIN - REFSPECS

2" ADA WIDEMARBLE THRESHOLD

2" WIDE ADA MARBLE THRESHOLD

4' -

2 3

/4"

5' -

8"

7' - 4"7' - 0"

5' - 0"

5' -

6"

6' - 0" 6' - 5"

2' -

11"

4' -

0"

6' -

1"

4' - 3"

4' -

9"

12' -

3"

9' -

1"

3' - 11"

1' - 8"

6' -

1"

6' - 7"

MS-1 MS-1 MS-1 MS-3

5' - 0"

8' - 0"

4' -

7" 2' - 0"

8' - 4"

7' -

6"

6' - 6"

3' -

8"

4' - 8"

11"

6' - 0"

9' -

2"

3' - 3"

7' -

10"

8' - 4"

A822 A5

FFE GENERAL NOTES

1. WHERE VCT IS SCHEDULE IN ROOM, REF. TO A7/A721FOR TYPICAL PATTERN. REFER TO FF&E PLANS ON A700SHEETS AND FINISH SCHEDULE ON A801 FOR VCT COLORTO BE USED AS "COLORED" VCT IN ROOM.

2. AREAS/ROOMS SHWON WITHOUT FINISH FLOORPATTERN TO RECEIVE VT1. COORDINATE WITHARCHITECT IF ANY AREAS ARE UNCLEAR.

3. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON A801 FORINDIVIDUAL ROOM NOTES.

4. FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR UNDER DOORS,TYP.

5. ALL GYP WALLS AND BULKHEADS ARE TO THE PAINTEDP1 U.O.N. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A800'S ANDRCPS A600'S.

6. ALL PLAN WALL COVERINGS TO BE JOINED FOLLOWINGDETAIL A5/A721, TYP U.O.N.

7. FOR CASEWORK ELEVATIONS, REFER TO PLANS FORCASEWORK LAYOUT ORIENTATION.

8. CIRCULAR VCT FLOOR PATTERNS ARE WITHINFOOTPRINT OF CIRCULAR GYP SOFFITS, TYP.

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Rev

it L

oca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t S

am E

lem

_Arc

h B

ase_

A13

_vsi

erra

.rvt

7/22

/201

4 9:

58:4

9 A

M

As indicated

WOM




FIRST FLOORCASEWORK/MILLWORK,FLOOR PATTERN,EQUIPMENT PLAN

A7104512.013.00

06/25/14

1/8" = 1'-0"

OVERALL FLOOR PLAN-FLOOR FINISHESA1

TYP

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

Fort Sam Houston Elementary SchoolFort Sam Houston Independent School District

Board of TrusteesDeborah E. Seabron

Dr. Eustace Lewis

Colonel Randall Anderson

Jeanne Warren

Jane Crow

Dr. Gail Siller

President

Vice President

Secretary

Member

Member

Superintendent

Contractor name

2014

HelveticaNeue LT 45LTRegular 28PT



Line Stroke1PT

Line Stroke1PT

HelveticaNeue LT65MED 50PT



PMS5777

PMS423

7"1'

-1"

8"1'

-2"

7"

8"

1'-1"

1'-2"

**VERIFY ALL TEXT WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION**

XX1

EX

TE

RIO

RIN

TE

RIO

R

GENERAL COLOR SCHEDULE NOTES

ALUMINUM STOREFRONT, ALUMINUM WINDOWS

COPING, AND FLASHING NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

ALL UNDESIGNATED PRE-FINISHED METAL

PRE-FINISHED LOUVERS

GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, BRACKETS & D.S. BOOTS

ALUMINUM HANDRAILS.

HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND STEEL HANDRAILS.

ALL EXPOSED COUNTER FLASHING, PIPE SUPPORTS AND OTHER MISC.FLASHING (U.O.N.).

ALL METAL BUILDING SIGNAGE.

CLEAR ANNOD. -

PM -

PM -

PM -

PM -

CLEAR ANNOD. -

MATCH ADJ. WALL -

MATCH ADJ. WALL -

PM -

1. ALL EXTERIOR STEEL LINTELS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT BRICK.

2. ALL FLAGPOLES TO HAVE CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH, (UON).

3. ALL ALUM. WINDOWS & DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE CLEAR ANODIZED; EXTERIOR GLAZING TO BEACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER PPG "AZURIA" INSULATION GLASS, TYP.

4. ALL EXTERIOR METAL SHALL BE FINISHED AS FOLLOWS:

1. MANUFACTURERS NAMES AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS ARE LISTED AS A MEANS OF ESTABLISHING ASTANDARDOF TYPE, FUNCTION, COLOR, AND QUALITY. REFER TO PROJECT MANUAL FOR ADDITIONALMANUFACTURERS &PROCEDURES.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT A SAMPLE OF ALL FINISH MATERIALS FORAPPROVALBEFORE MATERIALS ARE APPLIED ON THE JOB.

3. VERIFY ALL GRAPHICS WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PAINTING. GRAPHICS MAY NEED TO BE ADJUSTEDAFTER ENLARGING TO REFLECT THE SAME COMPOSITION AS ON THE DRAWINGS.

4. IF REQUESTED THE ARCHITECT WILL PROVIDE 8 1/2" X 11" CLEAR ACETATE OR MYLAR OF DETAILEDMURAL GRAPHICS FOR PROJECTION ON WALL.

5. TERMINATE ALL ACCENT PAINTS & VINYL WALL COVERING ON INSIDE CORNERS ONLY UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.

6. PAINT ALL INTERIOR & EXTERIOR EXPOSED PIPING. VERIFY COLOR W/ ARCHITECT.

7. PAINT ANY VENTS, GRILLES, PIPING, FEC, ETC... SAME COLOR AS ADJACENT WALL.

COLORS WILL BE MARKED AS SHOWN. NOTE ALL COLORSMAY NOT BE MARKED ON PLANS. MATERIALS NOT NOTEDWILL BE COVERED UNDER GENERAL NOTES OR WILL BEPICKED ON THE JOB BY THE ARCHITECT.

1. ALL CARPET SHALL BE MARK "C1".

2. UNDESIGNATED PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD WALLS TO BE MARK "P1".

3. UNDESIGNATED PAINTED CMU WALLS TO BE MARK "P1".

4. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WINDOW FRAMES SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH MARK "P8"(U.O.N.). ALL VISION PANEL FRAMES IN INTERIOR DOORS TO MATCH MARK "P8".

5. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH MARK "P8".

6. ALL INTERIOR WOOD DOORS & UNASSIGNED WOOD TRIM PIECES SHALL BE MARK "WS".

7. METAL HANDRAILS (INTERIOR) SHALL BE PAINTED (COORD. W/ ARCH.) ALL EXTERIOR HANDRAIL SHALLBE GALV.

8. ALL BOY'S AND GIRL'S TOILET PARTITIONS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED.

9. ALL BASE CABINETS, WALL CABINETS, AND MISC. CASE WORK SHALL BE MARK "PL1",UNLESS LOCATED IN THE ADMINISTRATION SUITE, IN WHICH CASE THEY SHALL BE "PL5".

10. ALL COUNTERTOPS SHALL BE MARK "PL2", (U.O.N.); (I.E. SCIENCE AREAS).

11. RAMPS AND STAIRS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE RUBBER FLOORING SHALL RECEIVE MARK "RF".

12. ALL PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL PANELS TO BE AS NOTED ON SHEETS A811-A812.

13. ALL WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE RESTROOMS TO FOLLOW WALL TILE PATTERNINDICATED ON A401.FLOOR TILE IN ALL BOYS, GIRLS, AND TLT ROOMS TO FOLLOW FLOOR TILE PATTERN AS INDICATED ONA721.

14. ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL INCLUDINGROOF DECK, JOISTS, GIRDERS, BEAMS AND ANY MISC.STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED MARK "P1". DUCTS, DIFFUSERS AND AIR HANDLING UNITS SHALL BEGALVANIZED METAL.

15. PATTERNS AND COLORS FOR AREAS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE VCT SHALL BE AS REPRESENTED ONSHEETS A711 THRU A721. UNDESIGNATED VCT TO BE MARK "VT1".

16. LOW PROFILE TRANSITION STRIPS TO BE PLACED AT ANY FLOORING MATERIAL CHANGE, TYP.

17. METAL LOW PROFILE TRANSITION STRIPS TO BE PLACED AT ANY FLOORING MATERIAL CHANGEADJACENT TO CT.

18. REFER TO A802 FOR CT GROUT TYPE IN ALL BATHROOM AND KITCHEN AREAS.

19. CERAMIC WALL/FLOOR TILE GROUT SHALL BE GT1.

FT. SAM HOUSTON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL COLOR SCHEDULE

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLRNG

HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS


-

-

-


MS METAL SOFFIT

-

EX

TE

RIO

R

PM

-

-

CMU

-

PREFINISHED METAL

-

-

-

PS1

PS2

M

LIMESTONE PLASTER HP CLADDING

MORTAR

GLAZED FLOOR TILECTF1

INT

ER

IOR

BK1

CS

SS

CAST STONE

BRICK

APC1 ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILING (24" x 24")

AC

CE

SS

OR

IES

TP

B

MB

TB

TOILET PARTITIONS

MARKERBOARD

TACKBOARD/TACKWALL

SC

PL3

PL2

STAGE CURTAIN

PLASTIC LAMINATE

PLASTIC LAMINATE

FL

OO

RS

VCTVT2

WS WOOD STAIN

AF

C1

VT3

VT7

CARPET

RUBBER FLOORING

VCT

VT1 VCT

WA

LL

S

GROUTGT1

CT3

CT4

CT1

CT2

GLAZED WALL TILE

GLAZED WALL TILE

GLAZED WALL TILE

GLAZED WALL TILE

PAINTP4

P5 PAINT

P1

P2

P3

MRK

PAINT

PAINT

PAINT

MATERIAL

-BERRIDGE - -

TBS

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

--

PITTSBURGH

-

FEATHERLITE

-

KYNAR 500

-

-

416F

-

-

-

THERMOCROMEX

FINFEATHER

-

-

STANDARD

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

PORCELINEDALTILE

-

-

VS-310-80

-

HANSEN

-

CORIAN

MODULAR FACE BRICK

-

-

ARMSTRONG ULTIMA

VERTICAL SCRATCH W/SMALL IRONSPOT

-

AURORA

WHITE

SV709

S4022T

87

-

-

SC02

062

WALL TALKERS

BOBRICK

BALI

WALL TALKERS

SIERRA SERIES 1090

MINI

MIMEO BOARD

TAC WALL

KM FABRICS,INC.

PIONITE

NEVAMAR

MEMORABLE

-

-

DESERT BEIGE

CHAR BROWN

SANDALWOOD

ERASE RITE

COORD W OWNER

SPRINGTIME

SUNRAY

JOHNSONITE

35 - 3.5 MM

-WHITE BIRCH

TAJIMA

LEES

JOHNSONITE

CROSSOVER 35

FACULTY IV

FOLIO RUBBER TILE

AZROCK COLLECTION

OAK

KEY

JOHNSONITE AZROCK COLLECTION

AZROCK COLLECTION

TEXRITE

DALTILE

DALTILE

DALTILE

DALTILE

SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4

MFR. NO.

SNTRD COLOR

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

MANUFACTURER

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

STYLE

SELECTED BY ARCHITECT

COLOR

ARCH. WOOD DOORS

VCTVT5

VT6 VCT

VT4 VCT

JOHNSONITE



AZROCK COLLECTION

RF

VCT AZROCK COLLECTIONJOHNSONITE

JOHNSONITE HRTS-280 HAMMERED -SHORELINE

CT5 GLAZED WALL TILE DALTILE

-

PAINTP8

P9 PAINT

P6

P7

PAINT

PAINT

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

PL1 PLASTIC LAMINATE WM8110TNEVAMAR - GOLDEN ASH

53

PL4 PLASTIC LAMINATE SD2001TNEVAMAR - SIDEWALK CAFE

PL5 PLASTIC LAMINATE WY351-HPIONITE - JEWEL MAHOGANY

RB RUBBER BASE 4" 124JOHNSONITE - TAUPE

SHERWIN WILLIAMS

SNTRD COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT








SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS

SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4

SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4

SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4

SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4

SNTRD COLOR

SNTRD COLOR

SNTRD COLOR

SNTRD COLOR

SNTRD COLOR
















MP-1 METAL PROFILE PANEL-HORIZONTAL BERRIDGE

MP-2 METAL FLAT PANEL-VERTICAL BERRIDGE



MATCH EXISTING

MATCH EXISTING

CTB GLAZED WALL TILE - COVED BASE DALTILE SEMI-GLOSS GROUP 4 SNTRD COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT


LIMESTONE PLASTER HP CLADDING THERMOCROMEX STANDARD SELECTED BY ARCHITECTTBS FURNISHING AND EQUIP. GENERAL NOTES1. MODEL NUMBERS/MFR'S. ARE LISTED ON CASEWORK ELEVATIONS SO THAT A MINIMUM DESIGN BASISMAY BE ESTABLISHED. CONSEQUENTLY, THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN (WxHxD) MAY DIFFER FROM THE MFR'S.STANDARD DIMENSIONS FOR THE LISTED MODEL NUMBERS. ALL MODEL NUMBERS ARE FROM "WOODWORKING INSTITUTE"(U.O.N.).

2. PROVIDE SIDE, TOP, AND BOTTOM FILLER PIECES AS REQ'D. TO COMPLETE CASEWORK INDICATED ON PLANS (TYP).

3. ALL FLOOR MOUNTED FIXTURES ARE TO HAVE THE SAME BASE MATERIAL AS THE ROOM THEY ARE IN (TYP.).

4. BLIND CABINETS, @ CORNERS, ARE TO BE LEFT OR RIGHT HAND, AS REQ'D. PER PLAN (TYP).

5. ALL CABINETS TO HAVE PLT. LAM. THROUGHOUT, INCLUDING ALL EXPOSED SURFACES INSIDE AND OUT (TYP).

6. PROVIDE PLT. LAM. FINISHED END PANELS @ ALL EXPOSED CABINET ENDS (TYP) INCLUDING KNEESPACES.

7. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION & INSTALLATION OF ANY FIXTURES (TYP).

8. ALL BOOKCASES AND SHELVES TO HAVE FRONT FACING SURFACE OF BACK PANEL TO MATCH FINISH OFREMAINDER OF BOOKCASE (TYP).

9. ALL COUNTERTOPS TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE W/ 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH (TERRILL, TYPE No. 2) TYP., U.O.N..

10. PROVIDE KEYED LOCKS @ CABINET DOORS & DRAWERS. COORDINATE IN FIELD WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECTFOR LOCATIONS.

11. ALL TACKBOARDS, & MARKERBOARDS ARE 4'-0" TALL U.O.N.. BOARDS SHALL BE IN THESAME FRAME WHEN ADJACENT (TYP).

12. ALL MKBDS., & TKBDS. TO HAVE CONT. TACKSTRIPS & CHALKTROUGHS, U.O.N.. ALL TACKSTRIPST0 HAVE MAP HOOKS, TYP., U.O.N..

13. ALL KNEESPACE UNITS NOT RECEIVING SINKS SHALL RECEIVE GROMMETS @ 36"O.C., 3" FROM THE BACK EDGEOF THE KNEESPACE UNIT & MIN. 3" FROM SIDE EDGE, TYP., U.O.N. (CENTER GROMMETS ON KNEESPACE, TYP.).

14. ALL PROJECTION SCREENS TO BE SPRING-ROLLER-OPERATED, WALL MOUNTED, 72"x72" W/ 70"x70" VIEWINGAREA (U.O.N.)

15. ALL KNEESPACE UNITS IN THE ADMINISTRATION AREA ARE TO HAVE MFR'S. STANDARD COMPUTER KEYBOARDDRAWER, TYP., U.O.N..

16. PROVIDE MFR'S. STANDARD PENCIL DRAWER INSERT @ ALL KNEESPACE UNITS W/ STANDARD DRAWERS (NOTKEYBOARD DRAWERS), U.O.N..

17. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS @ ALL INTERIOR WINDOWS, TYP., (U.O.N.)

18. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS @ ALL EXTERIOR WINDOWS, EXCEPT @ ENTRIES, (U.O.N.).

19. PROVIDE 2x2x16 GA. (TYPE 304) S.S. CORNER GUARDS AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS OF DRYWALL CONST. INFOOD SERVICE AREAS, FROM TOP OF BASE, TYP. - SURFACE MOUNT, TYPE AG-16-2, AS MFR'D. BY METALINEOR APPROVED EQUAL.

20. ALL SHELVES SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE (U.O.N.) SHELVES OVER 36" IN LENGTH SHALL BE 1" THICK, TYP.

21. PROVIDE 7/8" WORK TOPS WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH AT ALL CASEWORK SHELVING UNITS UNDER 48".

MOUNTING HEIGHT LEGENDNOTE: COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS W/ CASEWORK,DISPLAY BOARDS, MIRRORS & ACOUSTICAL MATERIAL ASINDICATED ON THE PLANS, CASEWORK ELEVATIONS &INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (TYP).

1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (MEASURED FLOOR TO T.O. CABINET)

A. ALL GRADES AND ADULTS =56"

2. PENCIL SHARPENERS (MEASURED FLR. TO T.O. 8"x8" WD BLK)

A. GRADES K-6 =36"

B. ADULTS =42"

3. CHBD, MKBD & TKBD (MEASURED FLR. TO BOTT. OF BOARD)

A. GRADES K-6 =28"

B. ADULTS =36"

4. DOOR HARDWARE (MEASURED FLR. TO CENTER OF HARDWARE)

A. GRADES K-6

1. PUSH PLATES =42"

2. PULL HANDLES =42"

3. KNOBS =36"

4. PANIC EXIT =36" TO CL OF BAR

B. ADULTS

1. PUSH PLATES =45"

2. PULL HANDLES =42"

3. KNOBS =40 5/16" TO CL OF STRIKE

4. PANIC EXIT =40 5/16" TO CL OF STRIKE

5. THERMOSTATS & CCMS SENSORS (VERIFY HT. W/ ARCHITECT)

A. ALL OCCUPIED SPACES =48" MAX. TO TOP OF BOX

6. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES

A. GENERAL AREAS =15" MIN. TO BOTT. OF BOX

B. SPECIAL AREAS AS REQ'D, VERIFY W/ ARCH.

7. CLOCK OUTLETS

A. GENERAL AREAS =96"


8. LIGHT SWITCHES

A. ALL AREAS =48" MAX. TO T.O. BOX

9. FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS

A. ALL AREAS =44" TO BOT. OF BACKBOX

10. FIRE ALARM STROBES/HORN STROBES

A. ALL AREAS =80" TO BOT OF BACKBOXOR 6" BELOW CEILING,WHICHEVER IS LOWER

11. SMOKE AND/OR HEAT DETECTORS

A. GENERAL AREAS =CEILING HEIGHT


12. INTERCOM SPEAKERS

A. GENERAL AREAS =96" OR FLUSH W/CLG.


13. T.V. MOUNTING BRACKETS

A. GENERAL AREAS =78" A.F.F.


14. TELEPHONE OUTLETS

A. ALL AREAS =15" MIN. TO BOTT. OF BOX

15. SOUND SYSTEM CALL SWITCHES

A. ALL AREAS =48" MAX. TO TOP OF BOX

16. DATA CABLE OUTLETS

A. ALL AREAS =15" MIN. TO BOTT. OF BOX

17. PROJECTION SCREENS

A. ALL AREAS COORD W/ARCHITECT

18. COUNTERTOPS (BASE CABINETS FLOOR TO C. TOP)

A. GRADES K-4 =30"

B. ADULTS =34"

19. SHELF & ROD (MEASURED FLR TO T.O. SHELF)

A. ALL AREAS =72" U.O.N.

NOTES:1. ALL CHARACTERS TO BE HELVETICA.2. ALL CHARACTERS ABOVE BRAILLE TO BE RAISED 1/32" MIN.3. ALL CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE TO MEET 2010 ADA REQUIREMENTS.4. SIZE OF CHARACTERS MAY BE ADJUSTED; HOWEVER, LETTERS MAYNOT BE LESS THAN 1" HIGH.5. SIGN FACE & BACK SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED.

WOMEN

8"

1/2" 7" 1/2"

8"

2"6"

1/2" R.(TYP)

BRAILLE TO MATCH CHARACTERS

INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLFOR MEN/WOMEN

1/16" WIDE GROOVE

48"

MIN

60"

MA

X

NOTES:1. ALL CHARACTERS TO BE HELVETICA.2. ALL CHARACTERS ABOVE BRAILLE TO BE RAISED 1/32" MIN.3. ALL CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE TO MEET 2010 ADA REQUIREMENTS.4. SIZE OF CHARACTERS MAY BE ADJUSTED; HOWEVER, LETTERS MAYNOT BE LESS THAN 5/8" HIGH.5. SIGN FACE & BACK SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED.

101

8"

1/2" 7" 1/2"

8"

1/2" R.(TYP)

BRAILLE TO MATCH CHARACTERS

VERIFY RM. NAME & NO.,TYP.

48"

MIN

60"

MA

X

3/4"

1"4

1/4"

1/4"

1"3/

4"

A125

ARCHITECTURAL ROOM NUMBERVISUAL CHARACTERS ONLYCOLOR TO MATCH BACKGROUND

PROVIDE TWO SLOTSFOR INTERCHANGEABLERM. & OCCUPANT NAMES

KITCHEN

SUPERVISOR

1. (#) IN REMARKS COLUMN OF ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE REFERENCES THESPECIFIC ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE REMARKS.

2. COORDINATE INTERIOR FINISHES WITH WALL TYPES.

3. FLOOR MATERIAL CHANGES BETWEEN ROOMS TO OCCUR UNDER DOOR(UON).

4. PAINT EXPOSED JOISTS, DECK, & ALL MISC. ITEMS, TYP. REFER TOGENERAL COLOR SCHEDULE NOTES ON A802.

5. ALL APC SHALL BE PER THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINES:

APC1 24"x24" STANDARD SIZE AS SPECIFIED

6. REFER TO LIGHTING PLANS & REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS FORCEILING GRID LAYOUT & BULKHEAD LOCATIONS (U.O.N.). REFER MEP DOCS.

7. PROVIDE CJ's AT GYP. BD. CEILINGS AT 50'-0"OC MAX. (U.O) PROVIDE CJ'sAT WALLS/BLKHDS AT 30'-0"OC MAX. (U.O.N.).

8. ALL SUSPENDED GYP. BD. TO BE PAINTED MARK "P9". REFER REFLECTEDCEILING PLANS AND GENERAL COLOR SCHEDULE NOTES ON A802.

9. SEE FLOOR PATTERN PLANS FOR EXTENTS AND TYPE OF FLOORINGFINISHES

10. ALL CMU TO BE PAINTED. REFER GENERAL COLOR SCHEDULE NOTES ONA802.

11. REFER REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR CEILING HEIGHTS.

GENERAL ROOM FINISH NOTES

1. PROVIDE 4'x8' VERTICAL FRP PANELS FROM CORNER TOCORNER AT STUD WALLS BEHIND MOP SINKS, TYP

2. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT MARBLE THRESHOLD 2" WIDE W/CHAMFERED EDGES AT ENTRY DOOR OR FLOORINGTRANSITION AT RESTROOMS AND TOILETS.

3. CONTINUOUS PTD 1/2" PLYWOOD OVER SCHEDULED WALLTYPE, FROM CEILING DOWN 8' ALL AROUND ROOM.

4. ALL MARK "CONC" TO BE FINISHED AND SEALED BYCONTRACTOR.

5. BLOCK FILL AND PAINT ALL WALLS TO DECK AND BEHINDACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS, TYP.

6. PAINT ALL JOISTS, DECK AND ALL MISC. EXPOSED ITEMS ASPER GENERAL COLOR SCHEDULE NOTES.

7. REFER TO FLOOR PATTERN SHEETS A711-A721 FOR EXTENTSAND TYPES OF FLOORING.

8. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET A610 FOREXTENTS AND TYPES OF CEILING TREATMENT.

SPECIFIC ROOM FINISHSCHEDULE REMARKS

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2014 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

06/25/14

C:\

Rev

it L

oca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t S

am E

lem

_Arc

h B

ase_

A13

_vsi

erra

.rvt

7/22

/201

4 9:

59:5

8 A

M

As indicated

WOM




FINISH SCHEDULES ANDCOLOR SCHEDULES

A8014512.013.00

06/25/14

NTS

PLAQUE DETAILA1

3" = 1'-0"

TYP. HANDICAP SIGNA4

3" = 1'-0"

TYP. HANDICAP SIGNA6

ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - AREA "A"

ROOMNUMBER

ROOMNAME

BASEFINISH

FLOORFINISH

WALLS CEILINGREMARKSNORTH SOUTH EAST WEST FINISH

A100A CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT5, VT7 - P1 PL3, TB, P1 PL3, TB, P1 APC, P5, P7 7, 8A100B CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT2, VT3, VT5,

VT6P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P2, P3, P5,

P67, 8

A100C CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT2, VT4, VT6 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P2, P4, P6 7, 8A100D CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT5, VT6, VT7 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P5, P6, P7 7, 8A101 KINDER A RB VT1, VT5 P1 P1 P1 P5 APC, P9 7, 8A102 KINDER B RB VT1, VT5 P1 P1 P5 P1 APC 7A103 KINDER C RB VT1, VT5 P1 P1 P1 P5 APC, P9 7, 8A104 KINDER D RB VT1, VT5 P1 P1 P5 P1 APC 7A105A MECH COURTYARD - SCONC - - - - - 4, 6A105B MECH / RISER - SCONC - - - - - 4, 6A106 KINDER E RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7, 8A107 KINDER F RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7, 8A108 KINDER G RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7, 8A109 KINDER H RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7. 8A110A BOYS CT CTF1 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 P9 2A110B GIRLS CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 P9 2A111 JAN RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 - 1, 6A112 SPECIAL ED RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC 7A113 CO-TEACH CLASS RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7, 8A114 TLT CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 P9 2A115 CONF RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCA116 IDF RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 - 6A117 KINDER I RB VT1, VT2 P2 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 7, 8A118 COUNSELOR #2 RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 8A119 COUNSELOR #1 RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P9 8A120 MEN CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2,CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 P9 2A121 WOMEN CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 P9 2A122 PLATFORM RB AF P8 P8 P8 P8 P10 3, 6A123 STORAGE RB SCONC P1 P1 P1 P1 P10 4, 6A123A MECH MEZZANINE - SCONC P1 P1 P1 P1 P10 4, 6A124 RAMP RB RF P1 P1 P1 P1 P10 6A125 CAFETORIUM RB VT1, VT2, VT3, VT4,

VT5, VT6, VT7P1 P1 P1, P5 CT2, CT3, CT4,

CT5, P1, P5APC, P2, P3, P4,P5, P6, P7, P9

7, 8

A126 WORKROOM RB VT1, VT2 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P2 7, 8A127 STOR RB SCONC P1 P1 P1 P1 APC 4A128 ELEC RB SCONC P1 P1 P1 P1 - 4, 6

ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - AREA "B"

ROOMNUMBER

ROOMNAME

BASEFINISH

FLOORFINISH

WALLS CEILINGREMARKSNORTH SOUTH EAST WEST FINISH

B100A CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT7 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P7 7, 8B100B CORRIDOR RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB100C CORRIDOR RB VT1, VT2, VT3, VT5,

VT7P1 P1 P1 P1 APC, P2, P3, P5,

P77, 8

B100D CORRIDOR RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB101A CLINIC RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB101B OFFICE RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB101C TLT CT CT1F CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 P9 2B102 PEIM / REGIST. RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB103 VICE #2 RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB104 TESTING RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB105 VICE #1 RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB106A PRINCIPAL RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB106B ELEC RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 - 6B107 ASSISTANT RB C1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB108 ADM RB VT1, VT2 P1, P5 P1 P1 P1 APC 7B109 RECEPTION RB VT1, VT2 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC 7B110 TLT CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 CT1, CT2, CT4, P7 P9 2B111 VEST RB VT1, VT5, VT6 P1 P1 P1 - APC 7B112 STOR RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APCB113A VEST CT CTF1 P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 P9 2B113B BOYS CT CTF1 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 CT1, CT4, CT5, P7 P9B114 JAN RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 - 1, 6B115A VEST CT CTF1 P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 P9 2B115B GIRLS CT CTF1 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 CT1, CT2, CT3, P7 P9B116 WORKROOM RB VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC

3 07/22/14 ADD #3

3

REF FLOOR PLAN

4"

WALL BASE AS SCHED.

"J" TRIM BY PLAM PANEL MFR.DESIGN BASIS ON "PSIMOLDING 304A".

PLAM PANEL DIVIDER BY MFR.DESIGN BASIS ON "PSI MOLDING 302A".AND "PSI 310 PANEL EDGE TO MATCHLAMINATE"(TYP)

9'-

0"

TACKBOARD DIVIDER BY MFR.DESIGN BASIS ON "PSI MOLDING 412".

2'-

0"

0"

2'-

0"

4'-

8"

4'-

4"

TACK STRIP , REF SPEC

PAINT GYP WALL ABOVE, REF:COLOR SCHEDULE

PLAM

PLAM

EQ. SPACED ALONG CORRIDOR

4' - 0"

2'-

0"

SCALE:

PROJECT #:

SKETCH #:REFERENCE SHEET #REFERENCE SHEET TITLE

C:\R

evit

Lo

ca

lF

iles\4

512

.01

3.0

0_

FtS

am

Ele

m_

Arc

hB

ase

_A

13_

wm

aga

lon

i.rv

t

3/8" = 1'-0"

FT SAM HOUSTON INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICTFT. SAM HOUSTON ES RENOVATIONS & ADDITION


4512.013.00

A142WALL TYPES

3/8" = 1'-0"

PLAM SYSTEM ELEV - ALT #2C1

ISSUE: DATE:

SK-1A004

07/22/14ADD #3

EXISTING CONCRETE BEAM

WALL TYPE 64

METAL PANELENCLOSURE

DAMPPROOFINGOVERLAPING MEMBRANE

WALL TYPE 41

1/2" PLYWD W/ 3/4"x1-1/2"HDWD EDGE STOOL -PROVIDE PLAM ON ALLEXPOSED SURFACES

EXISTING WALL

WALL TYPE 64

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Lo

ca

lF

iles\4

512

.01

3.0

0_

FtS

am

Ele

m_

Arc

hB

ase

_A

13_

wm

aga

lon

i.rv

t

1 1/2" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A143UnnamedISSUE: DATE:

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTION DETAILC9

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SECTION DETAILA9

SK-2A322

07/22/14ADD #3

ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM

BUILT-UP STL STUD JAMBPER JAMB SCHEDULE

5/8" WOOD SHIM WITH CONTBACKER ROD ANDSEALANT ON BOTH SIDES

EXISTING WALL

WALL TYPE 41

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Lo

ca

lF

iles\4

512

.01

3.0

0_

FtS

am

Ele

m_

Arc

hB

ase

_A

13_

wm

aga

lon

i.rv

t

1 1/2" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A144PLAN DETAILSISSUE: DATE:

SK-3A323

07/22/14ADD #3

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

JAMB DETAILG7

X7

F

7 88

RAMPA124

100' - 0"

103' - 6"

UP

4' - 1 1/2"

WALL MOUNTEDHANDRAIL REF DETG1/A411

WALL MOUNTEDHANDRAIL REF DETG4/A411

A1

A411

A6

A411

26

26

8

26

26

24

5' - 5 1/2"

100' - 0 3/8"

6' -

6"

1' -

0"

1' -

0"

1' -

1"

103' - 6"

100' - 0"

UP

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Loca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t Sam

Ele

m_A

rch

Bas

e_A

13_v

sier

ra.r

vt

3/8" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A145PARTIAL VIEW - A8/A411 RAMP & STAIRS ENLARGEDPLAN ISSUE: DATE:

SK-4A411

07/22/14ADD #3

RAISED HARDWOODWARNING TRIM - OAK FINISH

RESILIENT ATHLETICFLOORING - REF FINSCHEDULE

CONCRETE STRUCTURE -REF STRUCTURALDRAWINGS

HARDWOOD TRIM CLOSURE TOMATCH HARDWOOD RISER TRIM

PLAM OVER PLYWOOD - REF.FIN SCHEDULE.

6"

2 1/2 METAL STUDS @ 16" OCOVER CONCRETESTRUCTURE.

2' -

3 3

/4"

4"

CONT. RUBBER FLOOR BASE,TYP.

3

3

3

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Loca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t Sam

Ele

m_A

rch

Bas

e_A

13_v

sier

ra.r

vt

1 1/2" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A146STAIR, RAMP, HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL DETAILSISSUE: DATE:ADD #3 07/22/14

SK-5A411

1 1/2" = 1'-0"

STAGE DETAIL1E6

A822

B8

B6

B5

A822

B3

2' - 0" 3' - 2" 3' - 0" 3' - 0" 3' - 0"

3' -

0"

2' -

0"

5' -

0"

5' -

0"

3' -

2"

9' - 0"3

A148

1

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Loca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t Sam

Ele

m_A

rch

Bas

e_A

13_v

sier

ra.r

vt

3/8" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A147CASEWORK PLANS, ELEVATIONS, & SECTIONSISSUE: DATE:ADD #3 07/22/14

3/8" = 1'-0"

.RECEPTION DESK1B1

SK-6A822

2' -

6"

COUNTERTOP (REF: FINISH SCHEDULES)

PLAM

9' - 0"

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Loca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t Sam

Ele

m_A

rch

Bas

e_A

13_v

sier

ra.r

vt

3/8" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A148CASEWORK PLANS, ELEVATIONS, & SECTIONSISSUE: DATE:

SK-7A822

07/22/14ADD #3

3/8" = 1'-0"

DESK ELEV1B3

x x531

48" 84" 24" x x531

48" 84" 24"

7' -

2"

4' -

1"

3"2

' - 1

0"

x x531

48" 84" 24"B100D

SCALE:

PROJECT #:


C:\R

evit

Loca

l File

s\45

12.0

13.0

0_F

t Sam

Ele

m_A

rch

Bas

e_A

13_v

sier

ra.r

vt

3/8" = 1'-0"



4512.013.00

A149CASEWORK PLANS, ELEVATIONS, & SECTIONSISSUE: DATE:

SK-8A822

07/22/14ADD #3

3/8" = 1'-0"

.LIB CASEWORK ELEV1A5

SC

ALE

:

PR

OJE

CT

#:

SK

ET

CH

#:

RE

FE

RE

NC

ES

HE

ET

#R

EF

ER

EN

CE

SH

EE

TT

ITLE

C:\RevitLocalFiles\4512.014_FtSamHS_ArchBase_A13_wmagaloni.rvt

FT

SA

MH

OU

ST

ON

IND

EP

EN

DE

NT

SC

HO

OL

DIS

TR

ICT

FT

SA

MH

OU

ST

ON

HS

CA

FE

TE

RIA

-CL

AS

SR

OO

MR

EN

OV

.

-4

00

1W

inan

sR

oad

,S

an

An

ton

io,T

exa

s7

82

34

4512.0

14.0

0

AS

02

RO

OM

FIN

ISH

AN

DC

OL

OR

SC

HE

DU

LE

S

ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - LEVEL 1 AREA "A" - ADD #3

ROOMNUMBER

ROOMNAME

BASE

FINISH

FLOOR

FINISH

WALLSCEILING

REMARKS

NORTH

SOUTH

EAST

WEST

FINISH

A100B CORR RBR VARIOUS P1 P1 P1 P3 APC1 8

A101 WAIT RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A102 OFFICE - - P1 P1 P1 P1 -

A103 CLINIC RBR VT1/CT5 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1 3

A104 EXIST TLT - - - - - - -

A105 EXAM #2 RBR VT1 P3 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A106 EXAM #1 RBR VT1 P3 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A107 CORRIDOR RBR VT3 - - - P2 APC1/GYP

A108 LIFE SKILLS RBR VT1 P3 P1 P3 P1 APC1

A108A STOR RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A108B L.S. SENSORY RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A108C OFFICE RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A109 TLT CT4 CT5 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 GYP 3,10

A110A DISPLAY AREA RBR VARIOUS P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1 8, 9

A111A ART ROOM RBR VT1 P1 P1 P3 P1 APC1

A112 KILN - VT1 P3 P3 P3 P3 APC1

A113 STOR RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A114 JOURNALISM RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A115 STOR RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A116 MECH / ELEC - CONC P1 P1 P1 P1 EXP 5, 7

A117 HEATER - CONC P1 P1 P1 P1 EXP 5, 7

A118 CLASS RBR VT1 P1 P1 P1 P1 APC1

A120 DAEP RBR VT1 P1 P1 P3 P1 APC1

A121 TLT CT4 CT5 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 CT1,2,3 GYP 3,10

A801

SK

-9

AD

D#

30

7/2

2/1

4IS

SU

E:

DA

TE

:

ME

EJ

RW

/EJ

RW

ME/G

P

DS

/SB

DS

/SB

F5

A311

A3

A312

A1

A311

F1

A311

HIGH

F7

A311

LOW

F3

A311

F7

A311

LOW

C4

A312

HIGH

3

10

4

14

5

6 6

7

8

9

4

13

13

A7

A312

F3

A312

A5

A311

15

16

HIGHF6

A312

LOW

PROJECT #: SKETCH #:SCALE:

REFERENCE SHEET #:

© 2

014

SH

W G

roup

LLP

4512.013.00

FT SAM HOUSTON INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

FT. SAM HOUSTON ES RENOVATIONS & ADDITION


ISSUE: DATE:ADD #3 07/22/14NOT TO SCALE

07/22/14

A1

OVERALL ROOF PLAN

NOT TO SCALENORTH

A141

SDR 1.01

SPECIFIC ROOF NOTES

14. PROVIDE NEW THERMOPLASTIC BOOT AT EXPANSION JOINT TO RISE WALL TRANSITION.15. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF STRUCTURAL BRACES ONTO THE

EXISTING ROOF. PROVIDE A THERMOPLASTIC BOOT TO EXTEND INTO THE WALL CAVITY AND TIEINTO THE WATERPROOFING ON THE FACE OF THE STRUCTURAL WALL.

16. PROVIDE PITCH PAN FLASHING AT ROOF PENETRATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL BRACES.

ME

RW

/EJ

DS

/SB

A1

A311

HIGHF1

A311

HIGH

F5

A311

C8

A312

LOW

A3

A311

F7

A311

LOW

44

14

55

6

6

77

88

11

13 13

A7

A312

A7

A312

F3

A312

15 15 15 15

16 16 16 16


REFERENCE SHEET #:

© 2

014

SH

W G

roup

LLP

4512.013.00





07/22/14

A1

OVERALL ROOF PLAN

NOT TO SCALENORTH

A141

SDR 1.02

SPECIFIC ROOF NOTES




ME

RO

OF

DIV

IDE

R

DS

/SB

A1

A311

HIGHC8

A312

LOW F1

A311

HIGH

411

15 15 15 15

16 16 16 16


REFERENCE SHEET #:

© 2

014

SH

W G

roup

LLP

4512.013.00





07/22/14

F3

NORTH

SPECIFIC ROOF NOTES




A141

SDR 1.03

ALTERNATE ROOF PLAN

NOT TO SCALE

F3

FIELD EXPANSION JOINT AT RISE WALL

NOT TO SCALE

FLA

SH

ING

HE

IGH

T

SLOPE

A - SECTION

PRE-FINISHED METALFLASHINGHEMMED EDGE

AA

8"

PROVIDE METAL CLOSER ATTHE END OF THECOUNTERFLASHING

THERMOPLASTIC BOOT FIELDFABRICATED MOUNTED TOSURFACE OF FACE BRICK

PRE-FINISHED EXPANSIONJOINT COVER TO ALLOW 2-WAYMOVEMENT

F3

A311

F7A311

10" N

OM

INA

L


REFERENCE SHEET #:

© 2

014

SH

W G

roup

LLP

4512.013.00





07/22/14

A312

SDR 2.01

F6

METAL PANEL TERMINATION AT EXTERIOR WALL

NOT TO SCALE

PRE-FINISHED METAL WALLPANELS AS SPEC.

PRE-FINISHED METALRECEIVER TRIM

EXTEND NEW PEEL AND STICKMEMBRANE DOWN AND OVERFLASHING BELOW IN SHINGLEFASHION

PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3/4" EXT.F.R. PLYWOOD OVER EXIST.STRUCTURE SEAL ALL JOINTS

PROVIDE AND INSTALL 40MIL ICEAND WATER SHIELD MEMBRANEOVER PLYWOOD SURFACE

EXISTING WALL

PRE-FINISHED METAL CLOSUREFASTENED TO NEW CMU WALLAT 12" O.C.

NEW CMU WALL


REFERENCE SHEET #:

© 2

014

SH

W G

roup

LLP

4512.013.00





07/22/14

A312

SDR 2.02

CONTROLLED PERIMETERCHECK POINT

NURSERY RD.

R 2

429'

-0"

NU

RS

ER

Y R

D.

WIL

LIA

MS

RD

.

S0102

STANDOFF DISTANCE TO PARKING AND ROADWAYS WITHIN A CONTROLLED PERIMETER*

Building Category: Primary GatheringApplicable Level of Protection: LowConventional Construction Standoff Distance: G (Non-Load Bearing Walls)Minimum Allowed Standoff Distance: 13 FeetApplicable Explosive Weight: II

* Table B-1, UFC 4-010-01

CONVENTIONAL CONSTRUCTION STANDOFF DISTANCES**

Wall Type Standoff Distance.Unreinforced Masonry (Existing) 26 FeetReinforced Masonry (New) 13 Feet

** Table B-2, UFC 4-010-01

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS1. UFC 4-020-01 "DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual"2. UFC 4-010-01 "DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings"

EXISTING PARKING AREA

EXISTING PARKING AREA

GREEN WING

YELLOW WING

TEAL WING

RED WING

ORANGE WING

BLUE WING

TAN WING

BIESENBACH DRIVE

WIL

LIA

MS

RO

AD

NU

RS

ER

Y R

OA

D

NEW CLASSROOM ADDITION AREA(PRIMARY GATHERING BUILDING)

EXISTING BUILDING(PRIMARY GATHERING BUILDING)

CONTROLLING STANDOFFDISTANCE TO LEGAL PARKING

R 18'-6"

R 83'-6"

(EXISTING)26'-0"

(NE

W)

13'

-0"

STANDOFF DISTANCE PERIMETER FORCONVENTIONAL WALL CONSTRUCTION

30'-0"

SEE 3/S010 FOR WALLREINFORCING AT THISLOCATION.

1

5"

9 1/2" JAMB REINFORCEMENT. SEE ELEV.

EXISTING STRUCTURE. FIELD VERIFY ALLDIMS.

T.O.S.C. EL.SEE PLAN

1"

PL. 3/4x6x2'-0" W/ (4) 1" DIA. HAS RODS.DRILL TO A DEPTH OF 1'-0" AND EPOXYW/ HILTI HIT-HY 200.

1 1/2"

6"

9" 1 1/2"

6"

NOTE:LOCATE EXISTING REINFORCEMENT PRIORTO DRILLING. DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGEEXISTING REINFORCEMENT.

HS

S6X

4X3

/8 J

AM

B R

EIN

F.

HS

S6X

4X3

/8 J

AM

B R

EIN

F.

HSS6X4X1/4

NOTE:REFER TO ARCH. FOR WINDOWROUGH OPENING DIMENSIONS

T.O.S.C.EXIST. FDN.

T.O.S.C.EXIST. ROOF

12'

-6 1

/2"

(F.V

.)

BM. SOFFIT

MAX.

5'-0"

4

S010

5

S010

S0106

7

S010

7

S010

7

S010

5"

PL. 3/4x6x2'-0" W/ (4) 1" DIA. HAS RODS.DRILL TO A DEPTH OF 1'-0" AND EPOXYW/ HILTI HIT-HY 200.

1 1/2"

6"

9" 1 1/2"

6"

JAMB REINFORCEMENT. SEE ELEV.

NOTE:LOCATE EXISTING REINFORCEMENT PRIORTO DRILLING. DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGEEXISTING REINFORCEMENT.

PL. 3/8"

JAMB REINF.SEE ELEV.

PL. 3/8"

JAMB OR SILL REINF.SEE ELEV.

3/16

AS REQ'D.

4"

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

PORTIONS OF THIS DRAWING MAY NOT BE TO SCALE. THEREFORE, THIS DRAWING SHALL NOT BE SCALED.

Datum Engineers IncorporatedWWW.DATUMENGINEERS.COM | CO REG. NO. F-2819

Datum Project No.

Dallas San Antonio214-358-0174 210-858-2869

Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:0

7 P

M

As indicated

Checker



ADDITION


ATFP DESIGN

S0104512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

1" = 300'-0"

1 ATFP OVERALL SITE PLAN 1" = 80'-0"

2 ATFP SITE PLAN

3/4" = 1'-0"

4 SECTION

3/4" = 1'-0"

3 ELEVATION

3/4" = 1'-0"

5 SECTION 1" = 1'-0"

6 ELEVATION

3" = 1'-0"

7 SECTION

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

SEE GENERAL NOTES FOR VERIFICATIONREQUIREMENTS AT EXISTING STRUCTURES

AA

BB

E

FF

J

KK

2 3 4 5 7 9 10 12

H

1

D

G

SLO

PE

DO

WN

SUMP PIT

P1 TYP. EXTERIOR

P2 P2

P2P2P2P2

P2

P2 P2P2

P2 P2

P2

P2

P2

P1

P2

P2

P2

P2

P2P2

P2P2

P2

P1

P2

P2P1P1

P1

P1

P1

P2P2

P2 P2

P2

P1 P2 P2

P1

XBXB

X7

XJ

X4 X12

J.5J.5

11.6

E.8

0.10

J.6

X14

XCXC

XEXE

XFXF

XDXD

XG

XA03XA05XA06XA07X6X5

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 95' - 0"

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 95' - 0"

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 95' - 0"

AT SUMP

3" MUD SLAB REINFORCEDW/ 6x6 W2.9xW2.9 W.W.F.SEE ARCH'L. FOR VAPORBARRIER REQUIREMENTS

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 95' - 0"

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 94' - 11 7/8"

T.O. MUD SLAB EL.=95'-3"

P1

P1

P2 P2

T.O. MUD SLAB EL. = 93' - 0"

SCARIFY EXPOSED SUBGRADE TO 6"DEPTH, RECOMPACT TO 90-95% MAXIMUMDRY DENSITY PER TXDOT TEX-114-E.MAINTAIN MOISTURE CONTENT BETWEENOPTIMUM AND +3 PERCENT OF OPTIMUMUNTIL PERMANENTLY COVERED.

26'

-9 3

/8"

7'-6

"

6'-2 1/2"

P1

1

P1

5'-0

"

8'-5 1/2"

1

PLAN NOTES:

1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR: FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORTDISCREPANCIES TO AE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS.

2. SEE SHEET S001 FOR TYPICAL PLAN NOTES, SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS ANDTYPICIAL DETAIL SHEET LIST.

3. SEE SHEET S002 FOR GENERAL NOTES

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589



Datum Project No.


Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:0

8 P

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

Checker



ADDITION


PIER PLAN

S1114512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

1/8" = 1'-0"

1 PIER PLAN AND MUD SLAB

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

AA

BB

C

EE

FF

J

KK

2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11

12

126

HH

3

S330

4

S330

6

S330

1

D

G

XB

XB

X2

X7

XJ

X4 X12

J.5

17'-8 71/128" 26'-2" 27'-6 1/2" 26'-9 1/4" 17'-8 1/4" 9'-10 1/2" 15'-3" 10'-5" 16'-10" 27'-4 1/4" 9'-5 1/4" 19'-2" 1'-6 1/2"

J2

J2

J7

J7

J7

J7

J7

J2

J2

J2

J2

J2

J2

J2

J2

J9

J9

J9

J9

J9

B4

B6

B1

16'

-11"

6'-8

1/2

"5'-5

"14'

-1"

5'-3

1/2

"9'-0

1/2

"

2'-6

"

10'

-2"

8'-7

"32'

-5"

1'-6

1/2

"

6 1

/2"

5"

25".

8".

66"

.8"

.

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4


HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4 HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4HSS5X5X1/4



HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

HSS5X5X1/4

26'-2" 183'-5"

1'-6 1/2"

15' -

4 1

/2"

46' -

1 1

/2"

51' -

2"

1' -

2 5

/8"

S1204

S1205

11.6EXISTING COLUMNS TOBE REMOVED

0.10

FLOOR OPENING SEEARCH'L & MECH.

2'-1

1/4

"

1

S330

1

S330

1

S330

1

S330

1

S330

9

S330

9

S330

6' - 3"

1

S330

1

S330J.6

FLOOR OPENING SEEARCH'L & MECH.

11

S330

12

S330

8

S330

2

S330

X14

XCXC

XEXE

XFXF

XDXD

XG

XA03

XA03

XA05XA06XA07X6X5

1'-6 1/2"

1'-6

1/2

"1'-6

1/2

"

56' - 8 3/4"

10' -

0 1

/2"

13' -

7"

19' -

6"

14' -

4"

21' -

3"

32' -

5"

1' -

6 1/

2"

T.O.S.C. DATUM = 100'-0"ACTUAL CIVIL ELEVATION=680.2'(MATCH EXISTING)

2 3/

4" E

.J.

1" E

.J.

1" E.J.

1" E

.J.

S1201

J1

J1

J7

J7

J7

J7

J7

J1

J1

J1

J1

J1

J1

J1

J1 J3

J3

J3

J3

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J3

J3

J4

J4

J4

J4

J5

J5

J4

J4

J4

J9

J9

J9

J9

J7

J7

B10

J7

J7

J7

J7

J6

J6

J7

J7

J10

J10

J10

J10

J10

J7

J7

B10

J9

J9

B12

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J4

J8

J10

J11

J10

J10

J12

J12

B12

J12

J12

J8

J8

J8

J8

J8

J8

J8

J8

J8

B10

J8

J8

B10

J8

J6

B10

J13

J13

B12

4'-1 71/128"

S1203

T.O.S. EL. = 103' - 6"

TYP @ GIRDERS12/S310

2 5

/8"

8" WIDE DISTRIBUTION RIBS BELOWCMU. @ 6'-0" O.C. REINF. W/ #6 T&B &#3 TYPE 7 STIRRUPS @ 10" O.C.

HSS4X4X1/4(1 OF 4) @MEZZANINE

LUG EL=98'-8"

LUG EL=99'-4"

LUG EL=98'-8"

LUG EL=99'-4"

E.J.1"2"

B2

B3

B4

B2

B3

B4

B2

B3

B6

B3

B6

B6

B8

B3

B7

B6

B6

B8

B3

B7

B20

B17

B19

B15

B16 B17 B18

B17B17B17B16

B16

B15

B15

B14

B9

B9

B21

B19

B16 B17 B17 B17 B17 B17 B18

53" PAN 53" PAN

20" PAN

20" PAN 20" PAN 30" PAN 30" PAN

53" PAN

30" PAN

30" PAN

53" PAN

53" PAN

30" PAN

30" PAN

53" PAN

53" PAN

30" PAN

30" PAN

53" PAN

30" PAN

53" PAN

20" PAN

20" PAN

30" PAN

20'-5 5/8" 22'-2 1/4" 20'-3 3/16"

1

1

S330

1

PLAN NOTES:

1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR: FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REPORTDISCREPANCIES TO AE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS.

2. SEE SHEET S001 FOR TYPICAL PLAN NOTES, SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS ANDTYPICIAL DETAIL SHEET LIST.

3. SEE SHEET S002 FOR GENERAL NOTES

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589



Datum Project No.


Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:1

0 P

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

Checker



ADDITION


FIRST FLOOR FRAMINGPLAN

S1124512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

1/8" = 1'-0"

1 FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

E

F

7 8 9 10

H

1

S331

D

G

12

S331

7

S331

9

S331

5'-1 7/8"

5'-6

"

1'-3

7/1

6"19'

-2 7

1/128

"

5'-0"

FLOOROPENINGRE: ARCH'L& MECH

4'-6 1/4" 44'-3 87/128"

32'

-5 3

/4"

5'-0

"4'-3

57/

128

"6'-5

3/8

"

3'-9

1/1

6"

10'-6" 43'-3 119/128"

3

S331

T.O.S. EL. = 101' - 11"

4" SLAB ON 4'-0" WIDE STYROFOAM FORMS.REINF. W/ #3 @ 12" EACH WAY

5

S331

2

S331

HSS4X4X1/4

HSS4X4X1/4

1

5" Slab-On-Grade

1

E

8 9

3" CONCRETE ON 1" METAL FORM DECKSEE GENERAL NOTES

W16X36

W14X22 W14X22

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

W10X

12

16'-10" 11'-6"

8'-1

0 1/4

"

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

6k6k

21k 21k

13k 13k 11k 11k

W10X12

2

S402

4/S402

T.O.S.C. EL. =112' - 6"

2

S402

B

C

2

D

9 1

/4"

7'-9

3/4

"8'-7

1/2

"

1

S332

4

S332

7'-6"

1'-6 1/2"

A100A

66

J

311

S332

12

S332

XJ

A-G

A-H

F

12

6

S332

G

XA04 XA03

1'-6 1/2" 5'-2"

8

S332

10'

-2"

5'-0

"

1'-0"

P1

XA02

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

J5 x

15

6'-6" 6"

25'

-3"

5'-0

"15'

-3"

5'-0

"

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589



Datum Project No.


Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:1

2 P

M

As indicated

Checker



ADDITION


PARTIAL PLANS

S1204512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

1/4" = 1'-0"

1 STAGE PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"

2 MEZZANINE PLAN

1/4" = 1'-0"

3 NW LANDING W/ RAMP 1/4" = 1'-0"

4 STEPS AND LANDING 1/4" = 1'-0"

5 NE LANDING W/ RAMP

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

1/8" = 1'-0"

6 EAST VESTIBULE AND ENTRY RAMP1

1

1 1

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

MUD SLAB

6 7/8"

SEE PLAN

T.O.S.C. EL.

5"

SE

E S

CH

ED

.

JOIS

T D

EP

TH

RE

F. P

LAN

BE

AM

DE

PT

H

SEE PLAN

2'-6

"

1'-0"

8

S332

#5 @ 12" O.C. E.W.

CONC. GRADE BM. REINFW/ 2#7 CONT. T&B & #3TIES AT 12" O.C.

SEE 1/ S330

12

S332

XJ

T.O.S.C. EL.

5'-0

"

1'-0"1'-0"

1'-6 1/2"5'-0"

SLA

B T

HIC

K.

SE

E S

CH

ED

.

JOIS

T D

EP

TH

SE

E P

LA

N

BE

AM

DE

PT

H

Crawl space_PierPlan

96' - 0"

T.O.S.C. EL.

.

EQ. RISERSSEE ARCH.

.EQ. TREADSSEE ARCH. 6"

CONC. BM. REINF. W/2 #7x CONT.T&B & #3@ 12" O.C.

1'-0" 1'-0"

.

3'-0"

CONC. BM. REINF.W/ 2 #7xCONT. &#3 @ 12" O.C.

#5 @12" O.C. EA. WAY

#5 NOSE BAR

Level 1100' - 0"

FG

2'-6

"

6"

#5 @ 12" O.C. E.W.

CONC. BM REINF. W/2 #7xCONT. T & B &#3 @ 12" O.C.

2

MUD SLAB

SEE PLAN

6 1/2"

2'-6

"

6"

SEE 1/S330

CONC. SLAB REINF. W/ #5@12" O.C. E.W.

1 1

/2"

CLR

CONC. BEAM REINF. W. 2#7 XCONT. T&B. & #3 TIES AT 12"O.C.

1'-0"

EMBED AND EPOXY 6" INTOCONCRETE

Level 1100' - 0"

6"

PAVING,SEE CIVIL

SEE 9/S302

CONC. SLAB REINF. W/ #5 @ 12" O.C. EA.WAY

CONC. BM. REINF W/ 2#7 X CONT. & #3 TIES AT 12"O.C.FORM KEY IN INTERSECTING PERIMETER BEAMAND EMBED AND EPOXY CONT. BARS 8" INTOGRADE BEAM.

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589



Datum Project No.


Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:1

4 P

M

3/4" = 1'-0"

Checker



ADDITION


FOUNDATION SECTIONS

S3324512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

6

11 12

8

1 4

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

1

1

1

1

11

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

S42014

S42015

EXISTING COLUMNS TO BE REMOVED (F.V.)

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12

X40

W12X40

W12X40

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/8

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/8

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/8

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/

8

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/

8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8

T.O.S.C.(EXISTING)

2L4X

4X5/

16X3/8

2L4X4X5/16X3/8W12

X40

5'-0

"

TRUSS BRACE, TYP.SEE 12/S4.20

9".

ALIGN TRUSS VERTICALW/ EXISTING GRID/ COLUMN

ALIGN TRUSS VERTICALW/ EXISTING GRID/ COLUMN

S42015

O.H.

S42014

PERMISSIBLESPLICE LOCATIONSEE 16/S420

T=80K

T=80K

T=80K

T=80

K

T=10

K

T=10

KT=10K

T=10K

T=80K

T=80K

T=80K

T=80K

9"

X7 XA07 XA06 XA05

(F.V)

22'-2 1/4"

(F.V)

20'-5 5/8"

(F.V)

22'-5"

XA06

.

1'-0".1'-0".

EXISTING CONCRETECOLUMN TO BE REMOVED

4" CLR.BEFOREPRE LOADING

12

S420

SE

E E

LE

V.

ELE

V.

SE

E

W.P.

(MIN

.)1 1

/2"

TRUSS CHORDSEE ELEV.

TRUSS VERT.SEE ELEV.

ELE

V.

SE

E

PL 3/4"x10"x1'-0"W/(4) 3/4"DIA. RODS. DRILL TO A DEPTHOF 12" AND EPOXY W/ HILTI-RE500 SD ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM.PROVIDE LEVELING NUTS TO PRODUCEREQUIRED CLEARANCE PRIOR TOPRE LOADING.

W.P.

ALIGN TRUSS VERTICALW/ EXISTING GRID/COLUMN

WEB TO WEB

B-U4a

T.O.S. EL.VARIESSEE PLAN

3/16

3/16

1/2" TYP.

3/8"PL

L 1/2" STIFFENER@ EA. HANGER

4'-0".

WT5x15

EXISTING L2x2x3/16NOTCH FOR THREADED

RODS

F.V

.

2'-2

1/2

"

5 3/4"

EXISTING L.W.CONC.

EXISTING L5x5x3/8x0'-8"@ EA. JOIST

3 1/2" F.V.

F.V.

11 1/2"

WT5x15

CONSTRUCTION NOTE:TIGHTEN RODS TO PRODUCE 5/8"DEFLECTION AT MIDSPAN PRIORTO DEMOLISHING COLUMNS

PR

E L

OA

DIN

G4"

CLR

. BE

FO

RE

1 1/2".

WT5x15

STL. BM.SEE PLAN

STL. JOISTSEE PLAN

1 1/2" STL. ROOF DECK

BENT PL. 1/4 x 3 AS REQ'D

HSS3x0.250 @ EA.ENDAND AT (2) DEMO'DCOLUMN LOCATIONS

(2) 3/4" DIA. RODS EA.SIDE OF COL., EA. FACE

P

1'-0

".

.1" N.S. GROUT

.

SE

EE

LEV

.

1 1

/4".

L. 5/8"x2"x0'-5" WELDED TO TOPFLANGE OF WT, TYP.

P

LOCKING NUT, TYP.

1"

2 1/2".

L. 5/8"x2"x0'-5" WELDED TO TOPFLANGE OF WT, TYP.

P

NO SCALE

TRUSS CHORD FIELD SPLICE

CENTER LINE BETWEENPANEL POINTS

NOTES:1. LOCATE SPLICES ONLY WHERE SHOWN ON TRUSS ELEVATIONS.2. TEMPORARY BOLTED ERECTION CONNECTION (NOT SHOWN) MAY BE PROVIDED IF NECESSARY.

TYPICAL DETAIL

B-U4a TYP.EA. FLANGE

ERECTIONBOLTS

B-U4a

WEB PLATE SIZEDBY FABRICATOR FORERECTIONS AND BACKINGSFOR WELDING

NO SCALE

TRUSS CONNECTION

ELEVATION

"A"

SECTION "A"

WIDE FLANGECHORD MEMBER

DOUBLE ANGLEDIAGONAL WEB MEMBER

W SHAPEVERTICALMEMBER

WIDE FLANGECHORD MEMBER

W SHAPEVERTICALMEMBER

DOUBLE ANGLEDIAGONALWEB MEMBER

NOTES:1. WHEN SINGLE ANGLE DIAGONAL MEMBERS ARE USED, ALTERNATE SIDES OF THE TRUSS THEY ARE WELDED TO.2. CONNECTION AT BOTTOM CHORD SIMILAR.3. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR MEMBER SIZES.

GUSSET PLATE SIZED BYFABRICATOR

TYPICAL DETAIL

B-U4A

WEB TO WEB

GUSSET PLATE SIZED BYFABRICATOR

BY DESIGN

AS REQ'D.

8. ADD GUSSET PLATES WHERE NECESSARY TO OBTAIN THE REQUIRED WELD LENGTHS.

7. ALL DOUBLE ANGLE TRUSS MEMBERS SHALL BE ORIENTED WITH LONG LEG IN THE

6. TRUSS MEMBERS AND FORCES ARE SYMMETRICAL ABOUT CENTER LINE OF TRUSS.

5. DIAGONALS AT SPLICES SHALL BE SHIPPED LOOSE AND FIELD CONNECTED AT

GRAVITY OF THE CHORD OR WEB.

4. CHORD AND WEB LINES SHOWN ON TRUSS ELEVATIONS REPRESENT THE CENTER OF

COMPRESSION MEMBERS, OR AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON TRUSS ELEVATIONS.

3. ADD WELDED 5" X 3" SPACER PLATE AT THIRD POINTS OF DOUBLE ANGLE

THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE SMALLER MEMBER AND SHALL OCCUR ONLY WHERE

BUTT WELDS, AS SHOWN IN DETAIL 16/S420. WELDS SHALL DEVELOP

2. SPLICES IN TOP AND BOTTOM CHORDS OF TRUSSES SHALL BE FULL PENETRATION

DEVELOP THE FULL TENSILE CAPACITY OF THE MEMBER.

FORCES SHOWN. WHERE A FORCE IS NOT GIVEN, SIZE THE CONNECTION TO

WHERE INDICATED, SHALL BE SIZED BY THE FABRICATOR TO DEVELOP THE

1. GENERAL TRUSS CONNECTION DETAILS ARE SHOWN. WELDS AND GUSSET PLATES,

PLANE OF THE TRUSS.

BOTH ENDS.

SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

STEEL TRUSS NOTES

N

A

B

CALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589



Datum Project No.


Austin512-469-9490

C:\

Revit

\2013\1

3065_R

13_F

SIS

D E

S_C

EN

TR

AL

_b

ern

ard

.rvt

7/2

2/2

014 1

2:2

2:1

4 P

M

As indicated

Checker



ADDITION


ROOF SECTIONS

S4204512.013.00

06/25/14

13065

5

12 15

16 18 19 20

1 7/22/2014 ADDENDUM #3

14

1

11

1

larry

LRR Seal

larry

Stamp

larry

Text Box

7/22/2014

UP

UP

VENDNIC

VENDNIC

FD

FD

FD

FD FD

FD

T

OCN OCN OCN OCN

OCC

OCN OCN

OCN

OCNOCN

LV

LV

LV LV LV LV LV LV

LV

LV

LV

OC

A

LVA

LV

B

OCN

OCC

LV

OCA

OCC OCC

OC

A

LV

OCB

OCB

OCC

LV

LV

LV

OCC

T

OCC

T

OCA

OCC

LV

LV

OCC

K

P3

OCC

LV

OCA

OC

XOCX

OCAOCA

OC

AO

CA

OC

A

PCA PCA PCA PCAPCA PCA

PCA

PCA

OC

A

OC

A

OC

A

OC

A

K

LV L

V

LV

LV

LV

OCNOCN

PCA

OCN

OCNOCNOCN

OCNOCNOCN

LVC

OCC

X12

XA

XA05XA06XA07X7

XC

XE

XF

XD

X6X5X4

111094

B

C

F

32 12

A

H

6 7

J

XB

E

85

G

D

A0

13

14

15

X8

X9

X13

X14

0.10

MECH / RISERA105B

MENA120

COUNSELOR #1A119

COUNSELOR #2A118

TLTA114

CO-TEACH CLASSA113

CONFA115

GIRLSA110B

KINDER FA107

KINDER GA108

KINDER EA106

KINDER CA103

KINDER AA101

CORRIDORA100A

CORRIDORA100B

WOMENA121

RAMPA124

SPECIAL EDA112

KINDER HA109

KINDER IA117

STORA127

ELECA128

CORRIDORA100D

KINDER DA104

KINDER BA102

MECHCOURTYARD

A105A

WORKROOMA126

IDFA116

BOYSA110A

JANA111

LA

LALA

LA

FB FB

FBFB

FBX FB FB

LALA

LA

LA

FBX

OBX

FB

FBX

FB FBX

FBX

FB

FB

FBX

FBX

FBX FB

FCX

FC

FCX

FC

FC

FC

FCX

LALA

FC FC

FEX

FEX

FEX

FEX

FEX

FEX

FE

FEX

FE

FEX FEX

FE

FEX

FE

FE FEX FE FEX

FE

FB FB FBX

FAX

FA

LA

LA

FBFBX FB FB FBX FB FB FBX FB FB FBX

LA

LA

LA

OBX

FE FEX

FE

FEX FE

FE FEX FEFEX FE

EXISTINGBUILDING

NEWADDITION

OAX

XA FB

OBX

XA

LA

LAX LAX

LA

XA

XB

XA

XA

FE FE

FCXFCX

PLATFORMA122

OAX

FA FAX FA FA FA

XA XA

REFER TO SHEET E112FOR CONTINUATION

AC.5

AD.5

E111

8Sim

LA

LA

LAX

LAX

LA

LA

LA

LA

LA

FBFB

FB FBX

FBFB

FB

FB

FBX

FBX FB

FBFBX

FB FB

FBFBFB

FB

FBFB

FB

FBFB1

FB

FB

FB FB FB

FBFBFB

FB1

FB FB

XA

XA

FB FB FB

XA

FA

FA

FA

FA FA

FAX

FA

FA FA FA FA FA

FAX

FAFAXFAFA

FA

FA FA FA

FAFA

FA1XFA1FA1FA1FA1

FA

FA1 FA1X FA1 FA1 FA1

OBOBOB

OB

8 9

E

LP-HL

7A

7B

TDP3

CAFETORIUM-2A125-2

LP-HL6

LP-HL4LP-HL4

LP-HL4LP-HL4

LP-HL3

LP-HL3

FB1 FB1FB1

FB FB FB

FBFBFB FB

FB

FB1 FB1

FB

FB FB

FB

FB1 FB1

FB

FB FB

FB

FB1 FB1

FB

FB FB

FB

FB1 FB1

FB

FB FB

FB

FB1

FC

FB1 FB1 FB1

FBFBFB

FB FB FB

FB1 FB1 FB1

FBFBFB

FB FB FB

LP-HL3 LP-HL3LP-HL3

LP-HL3

LP-HL3

LP-HL3

LP-HL3LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL7

LP-HL4

LP-HL4 LP-HL4

LP-HL4

LP-HL4

LP-HL6

LP-HL6LP-HL6

LP-HL6

TO PANEL7C-(59,61,63,65,67, & 69)

.

LP-HL7

LP-HL7

LP-HL7

LP-HL5

LP-HL5

LP-HL1LP-HL1

LP-HL1

LP-HL2

LP-HL1

LP-HL1

LP-HL6LP-HL6

TO LIGHT INCRAWLSPACE

LP-HL6

H3

DP-3

7M LP-HL8

LP-HL4

LP-HL8 LP-HL8

LP-HL8

LP-HL81

2

3

4

6

6

6

5

5

5

11

.

127C-57

OBX

7

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-2

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-2

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-2

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-2

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-2

D-1R-1

R-1

R-1

R-2

R-2

D-1R-2

D-1R-2

R-2

R-27 7 7 7 7

D-1R-1

D-1R-1

R-2

R-2

R-1

R-2

R-2

R-1

R-2

R-2

R-1R-1

R-2 R-2

R-2 R-2

7

7

8

17'-0"AFF

17'-0"AFF

FEX

R-4 R-4 R-4R-4

R-4

R-4

7

7

LA

LA

R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

7

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

D-1R-3

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,27

OCX OCX LP-HL8

LALALP-HL6

7

R-1,2

R-1,2

7

7

7

7

LA(TYP OF 6)

XA7

R-1 R-1

R-1 R-1

R-1 R-1

R-2

R-2

R-2

7

LCPA

R-1 R-1 R-1

R-2 R-2 R-2

R-2 R-2 R-2

7

8

9

E

8

H4

MECH MEZZANINEA123A

FE FEX FE

8 9

E

LP-HL6

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

2:3

7:4

0P

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

ET



ADDITION


FIRST LEVEL LIGHTINGPLAN - AREA A

E1114512.013.00

06/25/14

GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES

1. REFER TO DRAWING E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS ANDGENERAL NOTES.

2. REFER TO DRAWING E601 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 'HOT' WIRE TIED AHEAD OF LOCALSWITCHING AND THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL RELAYS FOR THE LEADS TOALL NIGHT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT LIGHTS.

4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FULL SET OF OCCUPANCY CONTROLLOCATION DRAWING SUBMITTALS TO THE A/E PRIOR TO PURCHASE ORINSTALLATION. OCCUPANCY CONTROL LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SHALLBE BASED ON THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. THE LIGHTINGPLANS SHOW DESIGN INTENT ONLY AND DO NOT REFLECT EVERYMANUFACTURER PERMUTATIONS.

5. OCCUPANCY CONTROLS SHALL BE WIRED SUCH THAT ALL GENERAL ROOMLIGHTING IS CONTROLLED. IN ROOMS WHERE LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLSWITCHES ARE SHOWN ON PLAN, OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE SET TOAUTOMATIC "OFF"/ MANUAL "ON" PER IECC 2012 C405.2.2.2. REFER TODRAWING E601 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

6. PROVIDE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT.

7. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE MOUNTING LOCATIONS, HEIGHTS AND SPACINGWITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. BIDDERS SHALLEXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE ANY NECCESSARYCOORDINATION COSTS.

8. IN GENERAL, DEVICES AT LOWER HEIGHTS SHALL BE STACKED DIRECTLYBELOW DEVICES AT HIGHER ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE CONDUIT OFFSET ASNECESSARY.

9. MOUNT TYPE FE FIXTURE AT 10'-0" AFF OR TO BOTTOM OF JOIST, IF CEILING ISLOWER THAN 10'-0"

10. MOUNT WALL PACKS TYPE OB/OBX AT 10'-0" AFF.

11 COMPLY WITH TANDEM WIRING MADATORY REQUIREMENTS OF IECC 2012C405.3.

LIGHTING KEY NOTES

1 FRONT OF HOUSE: PROVIDE (6) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT PL PROFILE 1 RGBW18/34 ZOOMSPOT LUMINAIRE #PLZS1-1934-03; (2) PL PROFILE 1 RGBW 18/34ZOOMSPOT LUMINAIRE WITH TWISTLOCK CONNECTION #PLZS1-1934-03-GTL;AND PROVIDE (6) POWERCON TO POWERCON EXTENTION CABLE, 3m, #PC3PC.MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ON SHEET E501.

2 FIRST ELECTRIC: PROVIDE (4) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT PL FRESNEL 1 RGBWLUMINAIRE #PLFR1-03: (2) PL FRESNEL 1 RGBW LUMINAIRE WITH TWISTLOCKCONNECTION #PLFR1-03-GTL; PROVIDE (4) POWERCON TO POWERCONEXTENTION CABLE, 3m, #PC3PC; AND PROVIDE (6) BLACK, 4-WAY BARNDOORS#20BDMF. MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ON SHEET E501.

3 SECOND ELECTRIC: PROVIDE (6) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT SL PAR 150 ZOOM,9X15W RGBW LED OPTICS, 15-70 DEG MANUAL ZOOM, 3,200 LUMENSLUMINAIRE #SLPAR150; (2) AC INPUT CABLES, POWERCON WITH TWIST-LOC(MALE), 1m, #PC1GTL; PROVIDE (4) POWERCON TO POWERCON EXTENTIONCABLE, 3m, #PC3PC; PROVIDE (6) 18" SAFETY CABLES #82003; AND PROVIDEDMX TERMINATOR #71346. MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ONSHEET E501.

4 THEATRICAL CONTACT RELAY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL PHILIPSENTERTAINMENT #76910. ROUTE 20A, 120V CIRCUITS THROUGH RELAYS TORECEPTACLES AT FRONT OF HOUSE, FIRST ELECTRIC AND SECONDELECTRIC. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES ON WALL FOR VISION.NET RS232PROGRAMMING STATION, VISION.NET TO DMX INTERFACE, AND DMX SPLITTERWITH 1 1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FEILD COORDINATEEXACT LOCATION. REFER TO DESTAILS ON DRAWING E501.

5 TWO 20A, 120V CIRCUITS AND DMX CABLE FROM RECEPTACLES TO CONTACTRELAY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ON PLATFORM. REFERENCE DEATIL ONSHEET E501.

6 MOUNT FIXTURES AT 12'-11" ABOVE LOWEST POINT OF FINISHED FLOOR.

7 LIGHTING TO BE ZONED PER DETAIL ON DRAWING E501. EXAMPLE: "R-1" ISRELAY #1 AND "D-1" IS DIMMING ZONE #1.

8 AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF, PER IECC, WOULD ENDANGER OCCUPANT SAFETY.

9 CONNECT NEW LIGHTING TO EXISTING CORRIDOR CIRCUIT AND LIGHTINGCONTROLS.

10 CONNECT TO CORRIDOR LIGHTING AND LIGHTING CONTROLS WITH KEYEDSWITCH LOCAL OVERRIDE

11 THEATRICAL CONTROL STATION PHIILIPS ENTERTAINMENT VISISION.NETPUSHBUTTON STATION, 2 BUTTON, 1-GANG AND DMX512 RECEPTACLESTATION DIRECTLY BELOW (AT 18" AFF) FOR LIGHT CONTROL CONSOLE.

12 STAGE MANAGERS PANEL, 7" DISPLAY WITH POWER SUPPLY ABOVE.CONNECT POWER SUPPLY TO 20A,1P CIRCUIT BREAKER (CIRCUIT 7C-57).

13 LIGHT FIXTURES IN EXISTING PORTION OF BUILDING ARE EXISTING TOREMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING LIGHTFIXTURES DIRTIED AND DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION.

X

1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN - AREA A

1/8" = 1'-0"8

MECHANICAL MEZZANINE LIGHTING PLAN

1 07.18.2014 ADDENDUM #2

2 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

FDFD

FD FD

FD

LV

OCC

OCC

OCC

K K

OCC OCC

OCC

LV LV

3

OC

A

OC

A

OC

A

OCCOCC

OCC

OCA

LV

K

LV

OCA

OCC

OCC

OC

A 3

3

LVE

LVD

3

OCAOCDOCD

OCA

LV

OCM

3

3

XA01

XA02XA03

X12

XA

XA05

XC

XE

XF

XD

XB05 XB04 XB03 XB02 XB01

XG

XH

XJ

XK

11 12

H

J

XB

X8

X9

X13

X14

WORKROOMB116

TLTB101C

CORRIDORB100D

VICE #2B103

VICE #1B105

GIRLSB115B

JAN CLO / STR125

TLTB110

CORRIDORB100C

RECEPTIONB109

OFFICEB101B

STORB112

CORRIDORB100A

TESTINGB104

ASSISTANTB107

PRINCIPALB106A

ELECB106B

ADMB108

VESTB111

FA FA

FAFA

FA

FA FA

FA

FA

FB FBFB

FBXFB

FB FBX

FB

FB

FBX

FBXFA FAX

FA FAX

FEX

FB

FBX

FB FB

FB FBX

FCFCX FCXFC

LA

LA

LA

LA

FBX

FG2

FBX

EXISTINGBUILDING

NEWADDITION


FBX

XA

FBX

FB

FBXB

XA

LA

FG2

XA

FG3X

LA

LAX XALAX

LA

FEX

FB FBX

OAX

FE1X

OAX

OAX

XAFG2

FHX FH FH FH FHX FH FH

LAX

LA

LB LB

FA FA FA

FG4

DISPLAY CASE

FAX FA

XA

CLINICB101A

LP-HL2 LP-HL2 LP-HL2 LP-HL2

LP-HL6

LP-HL2

LP-HL1

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL2

LP-HL6LP-HL6

LP-HL1

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL6

LP-HL1

LP-HL1

LP-HL1

LP-HL2

LA

LALA

LP-HL8

10

OBX

NL

9

FE1

7C

XA

FE1 FE1

R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2

R-1,2 R-1,2 R-1,2

R-1,2

7777

8

7

13

13

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

2:3

8:0

6P

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

ET



ADDITION


FIRST LEVEL LIGHTINGPLAN - AREA B

E1124512.013.00

06/25/14

GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES

1. REFER TO DRAWING E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS ANDGENERAL NOTES.

2. REFER TO DRAWING E601 FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 'HOT' WIRE TIED AHEAD OF LOCALSWITCHING AND THE LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL RELAYS FOR THE LEADS TOALL NIGHT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT LIGHTS.

4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FULL SET OF OCCUPANCY CONTROLLOCATION DRAWING SUBMITTALS TO THE A/E PRIOR TO PURCHASE ORINSTALLATION. OCCUPANCY CONTROL LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES SHALLBE BASED ON THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. THE LIGHTINGPLANS SHOW DESIGN INTENT ONLY AND DO NOT REFLECT EVERYMANUFACTURER PERMUTATIONS.

5. OCCUPANCY CONTROLS SHALL BE WIRED SUCH THAT ALL GENERAL ROOMLIGHTING IS CONTROLLED. IN ROOMS WHERE LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLSWITCHES ARE SHOWN ON PLAN, OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE SET TOAUTOMATIC "OFF"/ MANUAL "ON" PER IECC 2012 C405.2.2.2. REFER TODRAWING E601 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

6. PROVIDE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR FOR EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT.

7. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE MOUNTING LOCATIONS, HEIGHTS AND SPACINGWITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. BIDDERS SHALLEXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TO INCLUDE ANY NECCESSARYCOORDINATION COSTS.

8. IN GENERAL, DEVICES AT LOWER HEIGHTS SHALL BE STACKED DIRECTLYBELOW DEVICES AT HIGHER ELEVATIONS. PROVIDE CONDUIT OFFSET ASNECESSARY.

9. MOUNT TYPE FE FIXTURE AT 10'-0" AFF OR TO BOTTOM OF JOIST, IF CEILING ISLOWER THAN 10'-0"

10. MOUNT WALL PACKS TYPE OB/OBX AT 10'-0" AFF.

11 COMPLY WITH TANDEM WIRING MADATORY REQUIREMENTS OF IECC 2012C405.3.

LIGHTING KEY NOTES

1 FRONT OF HOUSE: PROVIDE (6) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT PL PROFILE 1 RGBW18/34 ZOOMSPOT LUMINAIRE #PLZS1-1934-03; (2) PL PROFILE 1 RGBW 18/34ZOOMSPOT LUMINAIRE WITH TWISTLOCK CONNECTION #PLZS1-1934-03-GTL;AND PROVIDE (6) POWERCON TO POWERCON EXTENTION CABLE, 3m, #PC3PC.MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ON SHEET E501.

2 FIRST ELECTRIC: PROVIDE (4) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT PL FRESNEL 1 RGBWLUMINAIRE #PLFR1-03: (2) PL FRESNEL 1 RGBW LUMINAIRE WITH TWISTLOCKCONNECTION #PLFR1-03-GTL; PROVIDE (4) POWERCON TO POWERCONEXTENTION CABLE, 3m, #PC3PC; AND PROVIDE (6) BLACK, 4-WAY BARNDOORS#20BDMF. MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ON SHEET E501.

3 SECOND ELECTRIC: PROVIDE (6) PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT SL PAR 150 ZOOM,9X15W RGBW LED OPTICS, 15-70 DEG MANUAL ZOOM, 3,200 LUMENSLUMINAIRE #SLPAR150; (2) AC INPUT CABLES, POWERCON WITH TWIST-LOC(MALE), 1m, #PC1GTL; PROVIDE (4) POWERCON TO POWERCON EXTENTIONCABLE, 3m, #PC3PC; PROVIDE (6) 18" SAFETY CABLES #82003; AND PROVIDEDMX TERMINATOR #71346. MOUNT ON 30' X 1 1/4" PIPE. REFERENCE DETAIL ONSHEET E501.

4 THEATRICAL CONTACT RELAY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL PHILIPSENTERTAINMENT #76910. ROUTE 20A, 120V CIRCUITS THROUGH RELAYS TORECEPTACLES AT FRONT OF HOUSE, FIRST ELECTRIC AND SECONDELECTRIC. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES ON WALL FOR VISION.NET RS232PROGRAMMING STATION, VISION.NET TO DMX INTERFACE, AND DMX SPLITTERWITH 1 1/4" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. FEILD COORDINATEEXACT LOCATION. REFER TO DESTAILS ON DRAWING E501.

5 TWO 20A, 120V CIRCUITS AND DMX CABLE FROM RECEPTACLES TO CONTACTRELAY LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ON PLATFORM. REFERENCE DEATIL ONSHEET E501.

6 MOUNT FIXTURES AT 12'-11" ABOVE LOWEST POINT OF FINISHED FLOOR.

7 LIGHTING TO BE ZONED PER DETAIL ON DRAWING E501. EXAMPLE: "R-1" ISRELAY #1 AND "D-1" IS DIMMING ZONE #1.

8 AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF, PER IECC, WOULD ENDANGER OCCUPANT SAFETY.

9 CONNECT NEW LIGHTING TO EXISTING CORRIDOR CIRCUIT AND LIGHTINGCONTROLS.

10 CONNECT TO CORRIDOR LIGHTING AND LIGHTING CONTROLS WITH KEYEDSWITCH LOCAL OVERRIDE

11 THEATRICAL CONTROL STATION PHIILIPS ENTERTAINMENT VISISION.NETPUSHBUTTON STATION, 2 BUTTON, 1-GANG AND DMX512 RECEPTACLESTATION DIRECTLY BELOW (AT 18" AFF) FOR LIGHT CONTROL CONSOLE.

12 STAGE MANAGERS PANEL, 7" DISPLAY WITH POWER SUPPLY ABOVE.CONNECT POWER SUPPLY TO 20A,1P CIRCUIT BREAKER (CIRCUIT 7C-57).

13 LIGHT FIXTURES IN EXISTING PORTION OF BUILDING ARE EXISTING TOREMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING LIGHTFIXTURES DIRTIED AND DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION.

X

1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST LEVEL LIGHTING PLAN - AREA B

2 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

W

W

W

W

W

W

FBX FBX

S

S

S

SS

S

S S

S

S

S

J

J

J

J

J

J J

JJ

JJ

J

TV2 TV2

TW

2

TW

1

TV

3

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

VV

V

V

VV

V

S

J JXA01

XA02XA03

X12

XA

XA05

XE

XF

XD

XB05 XB04 XB03 XB02 XB01

XG

XH

XJ

XK

11 12

H

J

XB

X8

X9

X13

X14

WORKROOMB116

TLTB101C

CORRIDORB100D

VICE #2B103

VICE #1B105

??

JAN CLO / STR125

TLTB110

CORRIDORB100C

RECEPTIONB109

OFFICEB101B

STORB112

CORRIDORB100A

PEIM / REGIST.B102

TESTINGB104

ASSISTANTB107

PRINCIPALB106A

ELECB106B

ADMB108

VESTB111

CLINICB101A

JANB114

BOYSB113B

CORRIDORB100B

SpaceA136

42"AFF

EF-7

2

EF-8

EF-11

EF-9

EF-10

2

WH-2

CP-2

2

7C - 7 7C - 27

2

1

7C - 44

7C - 44 7C - 39

7C - 39

1

7C - 2

7C - 13

7C - 15

7C - 15

7C - 15

7C - 13

7C - 13

7C - 4

7C - 14

7C - 14

7C - 19

7C - 19 7C - 20

7C - 20

7C - 18

7C - 18

7C - 57C - 5

7C - 50

7C - 3

7C - 3

7C - 26

7C - 26

7C - 26

7C - 30

7C - 30

7C - 30

7C - 4

7C - 32

7C - 6

7C - 12

7C - 12 7C - 12 7C - 16

7C - 16

7C - 16

7C - 6

7C - 38

7C - 38

7C - 6

7C - 87C - 8

7C - 9

7C - 25

7C - 29

7C - 60

7C - 38

7C - 36

7C - 46

7C - 40,42

7C - 33,35

7C - 37

7C - 10

7C - 10

7C - 537C - 51

EXISTINGBUILDING

NEWADDITION


7CCOPIER7C - 17

GFCI7C - 21REFRIGERATOR

REFRIGERATOR7C - 28

REFRIGERATOR

7C - 43

7C - 55

7C - 45

7C - 55

7C - 41

7C - 47

7C - 48

MICROWAVEMICROWAVE

COPIER

GFCI

GFCI

GFCI

GFCI

GFCI

T1

T4T4

T4

T4

T4

7C- 54 7C- 58

7C- 24

T2

T4

T4

7C - 34

7C - 237C - 23

7C - 32

7C - 6

T1COPIER

T4

7C - 56

COPIER

T1

T4

T4 T4

7C- 29

T4

T4

5

T2

7C - 49

T1

T2/EX1

7C - 52

AV

T2

T2 7C- 22

T4

7

6

6

7

6

T1

PB

PB

PB

DOOR CONTROLPUSH BUTTON

7C - 12

7C - 3

7C - 3

7C - 50

GFCI

FUTUREVENDING

FUTUREVENDING

GFCIGFCI

7C - 257C - 9

GFCI

7C - 31

7C-621414

7C - 31

15PA SYSTEM

7C - 11

7C - 647C - 66

W

W

N

A

BC

ALT 1

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:

KEY PLAN (NTS)


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

2:3

8:2

4P

M

1/8" = 1'-0"

ET



ADDITION


FIRST LEVEL POWER &AUXILIARY PLAN - AREA B

E2124512.013.00

06/25/14

GENERAL POWER NOTES

1. REFER TO DRAWING E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND,ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES.

2. REFER TO DRAWING E401 FOR ELECTRICAL ONE LINEDIAGRAM.

3. EACH CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED NEUTRALCONNECTED BACK TO THE PANEL.

4. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING FOR ALL FLOOR SLEEVES.

5. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM EXTENDER PANELS (NAC'S) ASREQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER.

6. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE MOUNTING LOCATIONS, HEIGHTS,AND SPACINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS ANDELEVATIONS. BIDDERS SHALL EXAMINE ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS TO INCLUDE ANY NECESSARY COSTS WITH HIS BID.

7. IN GENERAL, DEVICES AT LOWER HEIGHTS SHALL BE STACKEDDIRECTLY BELOW DEVICES AT HIGHER ELEVATIONS. PROVIDECONDUIT OFFSET AS NECESSARY.

8. COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF DEVICES ABOVEMILLWORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.

POWER AND AUXILIARY KEY NOTES

1 MOTION OPERATED FAUCETS: INSTALL RECESSED, SINGLEGANG ELECTRICAL BOX FOR DIRECT CONNECTION TOTRANSFORMER LOCATED UNDER SINKS. COORDINATEMOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND PLUMBINGDRAWINGS AND PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.

2 MOTION OPERATED FLUSH VALVES: INSTALL RECESSEDELECTRICAL BOX AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER WITHCIRCUITING AS INDICATED. TRANSFORMER FOR AUTO FLUSHMOUNTED IN PIPE CHASE WITH ACCESS PANEL. PROVIDE ARECESSED JUNCTION BOX AT EACH TOILET FIXTURE PERMANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE MOUNTINGHEIGHT WITH FLUSH VALVE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TOROUGH-IN.

3 JUNCTION BOX FOR CLOCK.

4 MOUNT ON PLATFORM RISE. ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED TONEAREST FULL HEIGHT WALL TO MINIMIZE CABLE RUNS.

5 PROVIDE EXTRON POLE VAULT AT PROJECTION LOCATION.INSTALL RECEPTACLE AND DATA OUTLET FLUSH IN DROPCEILING PROJECTOR MOUNT ACCESSORY MOUNTING POINTS.PROVIDE 6 FEET OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT COILED AND SECUREDABOVE CEILING FOR LOCATION ADJUSTMENT OF POWERCIRCUIT AS REQUIRED BY OWNER. REFER TO DETAILS ONELECTRICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS (E500 SERIES) FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.

6 INTERIOR CEILING MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA. PROVIDEDATA AS REQUIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER.

7 EXTERIOR SECURITY CAMERA. PROVIDE DATA AND 16 -3 BACKTO NEAREST TECHNOLOGY CLOSET. PROVIDE POWER SUPPLYAT TECHNOLOGY CLOSET. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ANDMOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER.

8 NEW DATA CABLES IN EXISTING BOX. COORDINATE EXACTLOCATION IN FIELD. (2) T2 FOR P.O.S. AND (1) T4 FOR OFFICE.

9 INSTALL OWNER'S REAR VIEW VIDEO PROJECTOR. CONFIRMLOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDEAUDIO CONNECTION FROM THE EXTRON POLE VAULT SYSTEMTO THE NEW SOUND SYSTEM LOCATED ON STAGE.

10 COORDINATE LOCATION OF VFD WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGSAND CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALLFINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND INSTALL VFDFURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IF VFD IS NOTINSTALLED. (TYPICAL FOR ALL NEW VFDS)

11 AC-1 IS POWERED FROM OUTDOOR CU-1 UNIT. CONTRACTORSHALL EXTEND CIRCUITING.

12 POWER FOR BOILER EMERGENCY SHUT OFF CONTROLLER.REFER TO DRAWING M703. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONWITH MECHANICAL/HVAC CONTOLS CONTRACTOR. MAKE ALLFINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.

13 PROVIDE GFCI TYPE BREAKER FOR EWC.

14 POWER FOR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGSPACE. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING FA501.

15 DISCONNECT THE EXISTING PAGING SYSTEM/CABINETCURRENTLY LOCATED AT THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL IN THEADMIN AREA B108 AND RELOCATE TO CORRIDOR B100A, SOUTHWALL AS SHOWN. EXTEND THE EXISTING PAGING WIRING TOTHE NEW PAGING SYSTEM LOCATION AND ROUTE ALL NEWPAGING WIRING TO THE NEW PAGING SYSTEM LOCATION.EXTEND THE MICROPHONE, CONSOLE STATION, ETC., TO THENEW PAGING SYSTEM LOCATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARYCONNECTIONS AND COMPONENTS FOR A COMPLETE ANDOPERATIONAL SOLUTION.

X

1/8" = 1'-0"1

FIRST LEVEL POWER AND AUXILIARY PLAN - AREA B

1 07.18.2014 ADDENDUM #2

2 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

(WRITTEN NARRATIVE)

EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATIONSCALE: NONE

T-LA

TRANSFORMER

PANELBOARD/SWITCHGEAR

MECHANICAL UNIT

H-1A AHU-01480V, 3Ø, 3WFED FROM DPA-3

480/277V, 3Ø, 4WFED FROM MSB

480/277V, 3Ø, 4WFED FROM DPA-3

WHITE PHENOLIC PLATE WITHENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS

DESIGNATION (MIN. 3/4"HIGH)

VOLTAGE AND CONFIGURATION(MINIMUM 3/8" HIGH)

EQUIPMENT SERVING THIS GEAR.IF PANELBOARD CONTAINSSERVICE DISCONNECTS, LABELAS "SERVICE ENTRANCE"(MINIMUM 3/8")

NOTE:ATTACH SECURELY WITH STAINLESSSTEEL SCREW. NON-CORROSIVEPOP RIVETS ARE ACCEPTABLE,ADHESIVE ATTACHEMENT IS NOTACCEPTABLE.

WHITE PHENOLICPLATE WITHENGRAVEDBLACK LETTERS

DESIGNATION (MIN.3/4" HIGH)

VOLTAGE ANDCONFIGURATION(MINIMUM 3/8" HIGH)

EQUIPMENT SERVINGTHIS GEAR. IF PANELBOARD CONTAINSSERVICEDISCONNECTS, LABELAS "SERVICEENTRANCE" MINIMUM3/8" HIGH)

WHITE PHENOLICPLATE WITHENGRAVEDBLACK LETTERS

DESIGNATION (MIN.3/4" HIGH)

VOLTAGE ANDCONFIGURATION(MINIMUM 3/8" HIGH)

EQUIPMENTSERVING THISUNIT (MINIMUM3/8" HIGH"

GROUNDING SYSTEM DETAILSCALE: NONE

GRADE

BUILDING STEEL

#4/0 COPPER#4/0 COPPERGROUND

GROUND BUS

#4/0 COPPER

NEUTRAL BUS#4/0 COPPER

#4/0 COPPER

SUPPLEMENTALGROUNDINGELECTRODE

METAL WATER PIPEWITHIN 5 FT OFWATER SERVICEENTRANCE TOBUILDING. PROVIDEBONDED JUMPERACROSS WATER PIPE.

WATERMETER

MAIN BUILDING GROUND MAINSWITCHBOARD ROOM (ALLCONNECTIONS) TO THIS BUSSHALL BE EXOTHERMIC.

SUPPLY SIDE

NOTE:CONNECTIONS SHALL BE FIRMLY BONDED TO NEUTRAL BUS,BUILDING STEEL, GROUNDING ROD AND WATER PIPE.

GROUND BUS FOR MDF/IDFROOMS

N H

120V/277VPOWER PACK

24V DCOCCUPANCYSENSOR

PLENUMRATEDWIRING

AUX.CONTACTS

GROUND

TOGGLESWITCH LIGHTING

LOAD

POWER PACKMOUNTED TOJUNCTION BOX

SCALE: NONE

CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCYSENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.

REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MANUFACTURERPROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHINGINDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.

N H

120V/277VPOWER PACK


AUX.CONTACTS

GROUND


LOAD

POWER PACKMOUNTED TOJUNCTION BOX

SCALE: NONE

DUAL SWITCHING CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORWIRING DIAGRAM

120V/277VPOWER PACK

PLENUM RATED WIRING

AUX.CONTACTS


LOAD



3 SENSORS MAX. PER POWER PACK

NOTES:

1. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MANUFACTURER.2. PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHING INDICATED ON PLANS.

REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.3. MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.4. ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.

TYPICAL SPOTLIGHT INSTALLATIONDETAILSCALE: NONE

PROVIDE ALLCONNECTIONSPERMANUFACTURER'S REQUIRES.

ELECTRICAL BOXMOUNTED SECURELYTO DECK PERMANUFACTURER'SREQUIREMENTS.

PROVIDE ALLWIRING ANDCONNECTIONSPERMANUFACTURER'SREQUIREMENTS.MAKE ALL FINALELECTRICALCONNECTIONSFOR A COMPLETEAND FULLYFUNCTIONALSYSTEM.

TYPICAL LIGHT

THEATRICAL LIGHTING RIGGINGSCALE: NONE

SECURE PIPE GRID TOCHANNEL

LENGTH AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS

SPAN JOIST WITH CHANNEL

REFER TO SPOT LIGHTMOUNTING DETAIL

NOTE:1. CONTACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENTIRE THEATRICAL LIGHTING SYSTEMINCLUDING

STRUCTURAL GRID PIPE, CHANNEL AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE REQUIRE TOSUPPORT THE THEATRICAL LIGHTING UNITS.

2. FIXTURE TYPES AND QUANTITIES AS DENOTED ON DRAWINGS.

THEATRICAL DIMMING SYSTEMSCALE: NONE

FEED: (7) 20A/1P,120V CIRCUITSFROM 208Y/120VPANELBOARD

BELDEN #1583A (NO SUBSTITUTIONS)FOR VISION.NET (RS485)COMMUNICATIONS. 1000 FOOTMAXIMUM LEGTH. WIRING TOPOLOGYTO BE DAISY CHAIN ONLY. IT IS NOTPERMISSIBLE TO HAVE "WYE", "Y", "T","TWOFFERS", "BRANCHING RUNS","STUB RUNS" OR "STAR" WIRINGTOPOLOGIES. (TYPICAL)

PHILIPS ENTERTAINMENT,CONTACT RELAY PANEL #76910.(12) SPACE INSERTS.

NOTE: LAYOUT ISDIAGRAMATIC. CONTRACTORIS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENTIRETHEATRICAL LIGHTINGSYSTEM. SPECIFIEDPRODUCT BY PHILIPSENTERTAINMENT IS BASIS OFDESIGN AND MINIMUMQUALITY. EQUALS SHALLMEET OR EXCEED QUALITY OFBASIS OF DESIGN AND SHALLMEET DESIGNREQUIREMENTS.

OTHER APPROVEDMANUFACTURERS ARE:1. ETC

NOTE:WIRING TOPOLOGY TO BEDAISY-CHAIN ONLY.

VISION.NET PUSHBUTTONSTATION, 2 BUTTON, 1-GANG,

#63322-WHITE

POWER SUPPLY#95257

STAGE MANAGERS PANEL:BACK BOX, FLUSH, STEE, BLACK 7" COLOR T.S. DISPLAY

WITH BLACK BEZEL CONTROL PC BOARD INTERFACE

VISION.NET RS232PROGRAMMINGSTATION #63035

VISION.NET TO DMXINTERFACE

(2) #14 AWG WIRES500' MAX. (V+, COM)

FEED: (1) 20A/1P, 120VCIRCUITS FROM208Y/120VPANELBOARD

RECEPTACLE STATION, 1-GANG, (1) 5PXLRM - DMX

512 IN #96504

TO LIGHTING CONSOLE

BELDEN #9892 (NO SUBSTITUTIONS)FOR DMX512 (RS485)COMMUNICATIONS. 1000 FOOTMAXIMUM LEGTH. WIRING TOPOLOGYTO BE DAISY CHAIN ONLY. IT IS NOTPERMISSIBLE TO HAVE "WYE", "Y", "T","TWOFFERS", "BRANCHING RUNS","STUB RUNS" OR "STAR" WIRINGTOPOLOGIES.

DMX SPLITTER

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/1

8/2

014

3:2

5:4

3P

M

As indicated

ET



ADDITION


ELECTRICAL DETAILS

E5014512.013.00

06/25/14

07.18.2014 ADDENDUM #2

UP

UP

FD

FD

FD

FDFDFD

FD FD

FD FD

FD

FD

No.166: COPPERLOOP CABLEHOLDER AT 3''-0" O/C

No.55BT: 1/2" x 12"SOLID COPPER BLUNTTIP AIR TERMINAL

No.690X: PARAPETMOUNT POINT BASE

No.28R: 28str x 14GAUGE BARECOPPERCONDUCTOR

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "A"

No.55BT: 1/2" x 12" SOLIDCOPPER BLUNT TIP AIRTERMINAL

No.688: ADHESIVEFLAT MOUNTPOINT BASE

No.28R: 28str x 14GAUGE BARE COPPERCONDUCTOR

No.730: ADHESIVE CABLEHOLDER AT 3'-0" O/C

IF CAP/ROOF IS GALVANIZED ORALUMINUM MATERIAL, ALLLIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEMMATERIALS MUST BE OFALUMINUM FOR CODECOMPLIANCE ANDELECTROLYTIC COMPATIBILITY.

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "B"

CADWELD "VS"

No.28R: 28str x14GAUGE BARE COPPERCONDUCTOR

1" PVC CONDUIT BYELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR

NOTE: ACCESS TOSTEEL AND FINISHREPAIRS AS REQUIREDBY GENERALCONTRACTOR

CADWELD "GR"

No.TL3410: 3/4" x10'-0"COPPERCLAD GROUND ROD

2'-0"MIN.

NOTE:DEPTH OF GROUNDING PER CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS OR CODE.

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "G"

SEE DETAIL "B"SEE DETAIL "TR"

SEE DETAIL "A"

SEE DETAIL"TR"

SEE DETAIL "G"

GRADE6" - 12" MAX

2' MIN.

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "T" - TYPICALDOWNLEAD ROUTING

NOTE:TYPICAL DOWNLEAD ROUTING

No.CC2B: BIMETAL THRU ROOFCAST BRONZE CONNECTOR

1-1/2" PVC SLEEVE

FINAL THRU ROOF FLASHING BYROOFING CONTRACTOR

No.701X: C-CLAMP TYPEBONDING PLATE

8" MIN. RADIUS BEND

No.28R: 28str x 14 GAUGEBARE COPPER CONDUCTOR

No.90M: 1/2" VERTICALCONCEALED CONNECTOR

NUT AND WASHERBELOW ROOF

8" MAX.

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "TR"

SEE DETAIL "C"

SEEDETAIL"TR"

No.A166: ALUMINUMLOOP CABLEHOLDERAT 3'-0" O/C

SCALE: NONE

DETAIL "X" - CABLE FROMEQUIPMENT TO THRU ROOF

SOLID BARE COPPERGROUND WIRE SIZE ASPER SPECIFICATION

SCALE: NONE

2'-2"

3'-5"

13"

GROUNDING ROD INSPECTION BOX (LOCK BOX)

GRADE

CABLE RODCADWELDCONNECTOR

1" x 10'-0" COPPER CADMIUMGROUND ROD

SAND OR GRAVEL FILL

CONCRETE ENCASEMENT

CONCRETE COVER

U BOLT HANDLE

CRITICAL CONDITION NOTEROOFER/ GC MUST ADVISE INFO. REQUESTED BELOW.NO LIGHTNING PROTECTION WORK WITHOUT THIS INFO

****NOTE****

THIS EQUIPMENT IS TO BE SECURED TO THE ROOF WITH ADHESIVEIF ROOF IS NOT A STANDARD, CONVENTIONAL ASPHALT/TAR ANDGRAVEL. A/E OR CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE TYPE OF ROOFTO INSURE THE USE OF PROPER ADHESIVE.

PVC TYPE SINGLE MEMBRANE (MANUFACTURER:_____________________________________________)

EPDM (RUBBER/ NEOPRENE) TYPE SINGLE MEMBRANE(MANUFACTURER: ____________________________)

OTHER-SPECIFY: __________________________________________________________________________

INSTALLATION IS BASED UPON ALL ROOF-MOUNTED LIGHTNINGPROTECTION EQUIPMENT BEING ADHERED DIRECTLY TO ROOFSURFACE. ANY VARIANCE OR SPECIAL PROVISIONS BY ROOFINGCONTRACTOR.

EXOTHERMIC WELD ORCOMPRESSIONCONNECTION #4/0 BARESTRANDED COPPERGROUND WIRE TOGROUND ROD

COLUMN GROUNDING DETAILSCALE: NONE

5/8" DIAMETER X 10'LONG GROUND ROD

FLOOR

COMPRESSION FITTING #4/0BARE STRANDED COPPERGROUND WIRE TO BUILDINGCOLUMN WEB

BASEPLATE

PIERREINFORCING

COMPRESSION FITTING #4/0 BARESTRANDED COPPER GROUND WIRE TOVERTICAL REINFORCING BARS. MINIMUMTOTAL LENGTH OF BARS BONEDETOGETHER SHALL BE 20'-0"

.

.30"

12" MINIMUM

COLUMN

INSTALL GROUND CABLE INWEB OF BUILDING COLUMN

BUILDINGFOUNDATIONPIER

.

SCALE: NONE

TYPICAL BONDING ANDSPLICING DETAILS

M

S

= MAIN FULL SIZE CABLE= SECONDARY SIZE CABLE

M

S

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

S

S

No.800: TINNED COPPERBONDING STRAP

No.240 OR 240X: TINNEDPIPE BONDING CLAMP

No.702: TINNEDBRONZE BONDINGPLATE No.142X: SECONDARY

SIZE BONDING CLAMP

No.423B: CAST BRONZEPARALLEL SPLICER

No.551: CAST BRONZEBONDING LUG

No.561: CAST BRONZEBONDING LUG

No.142HD: BRONZEFLAT METALBONDING CLAMP

No.143: BRONZEMAIN FLAT METALBONDING CLAMP

BID ALTERNATE:PROVIDE A COMPLETE LIGHTNING PROTECTIONSYSTEM FOR THE NEW ADDITION AND EXISTINGBUILDING WITHIN BOUNDARY INDICATED. REFERTO SPECIFICATION 26 41 13 AND DETAILS ON THISPLAN FOR ADDTIONAL INFORMATION.

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

2:3

8:4

6P

M

As indicated

Checker



ADDITION


ELECTRICAL DETAILS

E5044512.013.00

06/25/14

NTSA1

LIGHTNING PROTECTION PLAN BOUNDARY

2 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

OCCUPANCY SENSOR LEGEND

TYPE DESCRIPTION

OCA

OCB 90° CORNER CEILING/WALL MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCD

360° CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCE 360° CEILING MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCF

OCG

(ALL SENSORS MAY NOT BE USED ON THIS PROJECT)

OCH 360° CEILING MOUNTED ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCK

OCM ULTRASONIC CORRIDOR CONFIGURATION CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

360° CEILING MOUNTED ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCY SENSOR


90° CORNER CEILING/WALL MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

WALL SWITCH PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR COVERAGE AREA. WHERE DIGITAL LIGHTINGCOONTROLS ARE USED PER DETAILS ON THIS DRAWING, OCCUPANCY COVERAGESHALL BE (MINIMUM) EQUIVALENT TO SENSORS SPECIFIED ABOVE, EXCEPTDIGITAL TYPE PER MANUFACTURER LISTED ON DETAILS ON THIS DRAWING.

90° CORNER CEILING MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCC

ROOMCONTROLLER

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHINGINDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUMCOVERAGE. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE AND SHALL (ATMINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENT COVERAGE AS THOSE LISTED ON OCCUPANCYSHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATED RELAY FORHVAC CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOM OCCUPANCY CONTROLS ISREQUIRED TO BE INTERFACED WITH HVAC SYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICALDRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

SCENCE (TYPICAL ALL ROOMS)1. ZONE R-1: ON 100%/ OFF 100%2. ZONE R-2: ON 100%/ OFF 100%

24V DCOCCUPANCYSENSOR (QTYPER PLANS)

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-1

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

TWO BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROLSTATION (QTY PER PLANS)

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-2

ZONE R-1

ZONE R-2

WIRING PERMANUFACTURER'SSPECIFICATIONS

TYPICAL CLASSROOM/ZONED ROOMOCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

DIMMINGROOM

CONTROLLER


LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-1

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

THREE BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROL STATION(QTY PER PLANS)

WIRING PERMANUFACTURER'SSPECIFICATIONS(TYPICAL)

TYPICAL CLASSROOM WITH DAYLIGHT ZONE-OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

ZONE R-1

ZONE R-2

ALL ON 100%


*ZONE D-1 SHALL DIM AS PART OF THE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING SYSTEM.BUTTON 3 SHALL OVERRIDE IT TO 100% OUTPUT FOR TESTING.

PHOTOCELL

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-2

LIGHTING LOADZONE R-1/D-1DAYLIGHTING



NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FORSWITCHING INDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUMCOVERAGE. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE ANDSHALL (AT MINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENT COVERAGE AS THOSE LISTEDON OCCUPANCY SHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATEDRELAY FOR HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOMOCCUPANCY CONTROLS IS REQUIRED TO BE INTERFACED WITH HVACSYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.

CLASS 2, 0-10VCONTROL WIRING

ROOMCONTROLLER

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHING INDICATED ONPLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUM COVERAGE.OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE AND SHALL (AT MINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENTCOVERAGE AS THOSE LISTED ON OCCUPANCY SHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATED RELAY FOR HVACCONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOM OCCUPANCY CONTROLS IS REQUIRED TO BEINTERFACED WITH HVAC SYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.

SCENCE (TYPICAL ALL ROOMS)1. TWO BUTTON: ALL ON/ALL OFF2. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SET TO AUTO OFF/MANUAL ON.

24V DCOCCUPANCY SENSOR(QTY PERPLANS)

LIGHTINGLOAD

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

TWO BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROL STATION(QTY PER PLANS)

ON

OFF


SINGLE ZONE ROOM VACANCY OCCUPANCYSENSOR SETTING CONTROL WIRING

DIAGRAM (IN COMPLIANCE WITH IECC 2012)SCALE: NONE











PHOTOCELL

ZONE D-1

SCENCE (TYPICAL ALL 3 LOCATIONS)1. ZONE R-1: ON 100%/ OFF 100%2. ZONE R-2: ON 100%/ OFF 100%3. ZONE R-3: ON 100%/ OFF 100%4. ZONE R-4: ON 100%/ OFF 100%5. ZONE D-1: ALL ON 100%

*ZONE D-1 SHALL DIM AS PART OF THE DAYLIGHTHARVESTING SYSTEM. BUTTON 5 SHALL OVERRIDEIT TO 100% OUTPUT FOR TESTING.

LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS STATION(QTY PER PLANS)

ZONE R-1

ZONE R-2

ZONE R-3

ZONE R-4

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-2

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-1

CAFETORIUM LIGHTING CONTROLWIRING DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATT STOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS AN APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHING INDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL ASREQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUM COVERAGE. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALLBE DIGITAL TYPE AND SHALL (AT MINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENT COVERAGE AS THOSE LISTED ON OCCUPANCYSHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATED RELAY FOR HVAC CONTROL SYSTEMINTERFACE WHERE ROOM OCCUPANCY CONTROLS IS REQUIRED TO BE INTERFACED WITH HVAC SYSTEM. REFERTO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

DIMMINGROOM

CONTROLLER


N

H(UNSWITCHED)

ROOMCONTROLLER

STAGE LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-4N

H(UNSWITCHED)


OCCUPANCYSENSOR QTY ASNECESSARY FORCOVERAGE.

LCPA - RELAY SCHEDULE

SOURCECIRCUIT

ZONE DESCRIPTIONRELAY #

LP-HL1 1 CORRIDOR A100A, A100B, A100D.

2 CORRIDOR B100C, VEST B111

3

4

5

6 SPARE

7

8

SCHEDULE NOTES:

1. LOCATE LCPA IN ELECTRICAL ROOM A128, ON SOUTH WALL ADJACENT TOLIGHTING CIRCUIT PANEL.

2. PROVIDE (3) DRY CONTACT AT PANEL FOR INTERFACE WITH BAS SYSTEM FOROVER RIDE OF LIGHTING CONTROLS.

3. PROVIDE TWO BUTTON CONTROL STATIONS IDENTIFIED ON FLOOR PLANS ASSTATIONS "A" THROUGH "C" TO CONTROL RELAY #1.

4. PROVIDE TWO BUTTON CONTROL STATIONS IDENTIFIED ON FLOOR PLANS ASSTATIONS "D" AND "E" TO CONTROL RELAY #2.

5. PROVIDE THREE BUTTON CONTROL STATION IN ELECTRICAL ROOM A128 TOOVERRIDE CONTROL RELAY #3 (ONE BUTTON TO CONTROL RELAY AND TWOBUTTONS FOR FUTURE).

6. CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH IECC 2012.7. PROVIDE EXTERNAL PHOTOCELL ON ROOF TO CONTROL EXTERIOR BUILDING

LIGHTS PHOTOCELL ON, TIME CLOCK OFF.

LP-HL1

LP-HL8 EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTS

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

SPARE

---

---

---

---

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2013 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

13.0

0F

tS

am

Ho

usto

nE

SE

13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

3:5

8:2

4P

M

As indicated

ET



ADDITION


LIGHTING FIXTURESCHEDULE

E6014512.013.00

06/25/14

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TYPE DESCRIPTION LAMP

Manufacturer and Model (Multiple Options)

COMMENTSMFR (1) MODEL (1) MFR (2) MODEL (2) MFR (3) MODEL (3)

FA 2x4 RECESSED LAY-IN PRISMATIC FLUORESCENT TROFFER 3-32W-T8 LITHONIA 2GT8-X-3-32-FW-A12125-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLOMBIA 4PS24-332-G-FS-A12125-U-EP DAY-BRITE 2-TG8-3-32-FA-12-UNV-EB10R PROVIDE GYPSUM FLANGE FOR FIXTURES INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING. DUAL BALLASTED FOR INNER OUTERLAMP SWITCHING.

FA1 SAME AS TYPE "FA" EXCEPT WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST AND NO INNER OUTER LAMPSWITCHING - ALL LAMPS TO DIM TOGETHER

--- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FA1X SAME AS TYPE "FA1" EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FAX SAME AS TYPE 'FA' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- ---

FB 2x4 RECESSED LAY-IN PRISMATIC FLUORESCENT TROFFER 2-32W-T8 LITHONIA 2GT8-X-3-32-FW-A12125-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLOMBIA 4PS24-232-G-FS-A12125-U-EP DAY-BRITE 2-TG8-2-32-FA-12-UNV-EB10R PROVIDE GYPSUM FLANGE FOR FIXTURES INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING.

FB1 SAME AS TYPE "FB" EXCEPT WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FBX SAME AS TYPE "FB" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLAST --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FC 1x4 RECESSED FLANGED PRISMATIC FLUORESCENT TROFFER 2-32W-T8 LITHONIA GT8-F-2-32-FW-A12125-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLOMBIA 4PS14-232-F-FS-A12125-EP-U DAY-BRITE 1-T-G-2-32-12-UNV-EB10R PROVIDE GYPSUM FLANGE FOR FIXTURES INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING.

FCX SAME AS TYPE "FC" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FE 1x4 INDUSTRIAL STRIP FLUORESCENT CHAIN HUNG FIXTURE 2-32W-T8 LITHONIA AF-2-32-MVOLT-GEB10PS-HC36-WGAFPV COLOMBIA CSR-4-2-32-U-EP-U-CSRWG4-CSHC DAY-BRITE 1FD-2-32-PP-UNV-EB10R- MOUNT FIXTURES AT 8'-8" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE HANGING CHAIN AND WIRE GUARD.

FE1 SIMILAR TO FIXTURE TYPE FE, EXCEPT SINGLE LAMP STRIP, SURFACE MOUNTED WITHNO SHROUD FOR DISPLAY CASE LIGHTING

1-32W-T8 LITHONIA C-1-32-48-MVOLT COLUMBIA CS4-132-EP-U-CH DAY-BRITE T-1-32-UNV SURFACE MOUNT WITHIN DISPLAY CASE.

FE1X SAME AS "FE1" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. --- --- --- --- --- --- --- SURFACE MOUNT TO WALL ABOVE DOOR.

FEX SAME AS "FE" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FG2 RECESSED 2'-0" DIAMETER ROUND LUMINAIRE WITH (2) 17W T8, TEXTURED MATTE WHITEFINISH, SINGLE CIRCUIT, HARD CEILING FLANGE TRIM,

2-17W T8 PRUDENTIAL SKY OCULUS; P9020-2T8-FWA-TMW-X3 FOCAL POINT FSD22-D-2-T8-S-VOLTAGE-U(FLANGE)-FLXP-WH HE WILLIAMS RND-2-2-17-FCA-EB2-UNV ---

FG3X SAME AS FG2 EXCEPT 3'-0" DIAMETER WITH (4) 25W T8 AND EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 4-25W T8 PRUDENTIAL SKY OCULUS; P9030-4T8-FWA-TMW-X3 FOCAL POINT FSD33-D-4-T8-S-VOLTAGE-U(FLANGE)-FLXP-EM-WH HE WILLIAMS RND-3-4-25-FCA-EB4-UNV ---

FG4 SAME AS FG2 EXCEPT 4'-0" DIAMETER WITH (6) 32W T8 6-32W T8 PRUDENTIAL SKY OCULUS; P9040-6T8-FWA-TMW-X3 FOCAL POINT FSD44-D-6-T8-S-VOLTAGE-U(FLANGE)-FLXP-WH HE WILLIAMS RND-4-6-32-FCA-EB4/2-UNV ---

FH RECESSED FLUORESCENT PERIMETER WALL SLOT WITH 9" OPENING, 28'-0" RUN LENGTH,MATTE WHITE FINISH, ELECTRONIC BALLAST,

1-32W T8 LITECONTROL WALL/SLOT - 2000PR; 20-1-4-T8-CMW-PR FOCAL POINT FW1-PL-1T8-K-1C-VOLTAGE-S-RC-WH-XX GAMMALUX GPCAR6N-132T8-UNIV-ERS-XX'-REC/PR/GFWOP-WSG-XX ---

FHX SAME AS TYPE "FH" WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FJX 4'-0" ENCLOSED INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT 2-LAMP, LOW PROFILE, GASKETED. 2-32W T8 LITHONIA FEM SERIES;FEM4-2-32T8-BMPCL-MVOLT-GEB10PS

COLOMBIA XEM4-232-RA-EP-U DAY-BRITE L-W-R-E-2-32-UNV-EB10R-E5 SURFACE MOUNT TO CEILING.

LA 6" LED RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 4100K, 2200 LUMEN LED GOTHAM EVO-4100-2200-6AR-MD-LD-MVOLT COLOMBIA LF6LEDG4-6LFLED7G4-40K-WT HE WILLIAMS LED60-30-840 REFLECTOR SHALL BE DIFFUSED.

LAX SAME AS TYPE "LA" EXCEPT WITH MINIMUM 10 W EMERGENCY DEVICE --- --- EVO-4100-2200-6AR-MD-LD-MVOLT-EL COLOMBIA LF6LEDG4-6LFLED7G4-40K-WT-EM HE WILLIAMS LED60-30-840-EM ---

LB 6" LED RECESSED WALLWASH 4100K,2200 LUMEN LED GOTHAM EVO-WW-4100-2200-6AR-MD-LD-MVOLT COLOMBIA LF6LEDG4-WW-6LFLED7G4-40K-WT HE WILLIAMS LEDWW60-30-840 WALL WASH

OAX 6" RECESSED EXTERIOR LED DOWNLIGHT WITH EMERGENCY DEVICE, WET LISTED 4100K, 2200 LUMEN LED LITHONIA EVO-4100-2200-6AR-MD-LD-MVOLT COLOMBIA LF6LEDG4-6LFLED7G4-40K-WT HE WILLIAMS LED60-30-840-EM WET LOCATION LISTED

OB TRAPEZOIDAL LED WALL PACK LUMINAIRE, WET LISTED 4000K, 4028 LUMEN LED LITHONIA WST LED-2-10A700/40K-SR3-MVOLT TERON LIGHTING CDL-L48-100-CGL-BZ-40K GARDCO 101L-3-55LA-NW-UNIV-BRP MOUNT FIXTURES AT 10' AFF, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS.

OBX SAME AS TYPE "OB" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

OCX 1'x1' SURFACE MOUNTED LED FIXTURE LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 4000K, MIN 3000 LUMEN LITHONIA VRC LED SERIES HUBBELL NRG4-30LU-4K-035-BZ-UFO-LED-25 HE WILLIAMS VG1-45-740-T3-SM-XXX-277V SURFACE MOUNT TO UNDERSIDE OF CANOPY. PROVIDE EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP FOR EXIT DISCHARGE.BATTERY BACK CAN BE MOUNTED INDOORS, BUT SHALL BE CONCEALED.

XA EMERGENCY EXIT SIGNAGE, THIN DIE-CAST ALUMINUM, RED LETTERING LED LITHONIA TLE-1-G-ELN COLOMBIA LX-U-R-W-E-I EELP CA-1-R-B-A-EM-SD REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.

XB SAME AS "XA" EXCEPT DUAL FACE --- LITHONIA TLE-2-G-ELN COLOMBIA LX-U-R-W-E-I --- --- ---

1 07.18.2014 ADDENDUM #2

2 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

OCCUPANCY SENSOR LEGEND

TYPE DESCRIPTION

OCA

OCB 90° CORNER CEILING/WALL MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCD

360° CEILING MOUNTED DUAL TECHNOLOGY OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCE 360° CEILING MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCF

OCG

(ALL SENSORS MAY NOT BE USED ON THIS PROJECT)

OCH 360° CEILING MOUNTED ULTRASONIC OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCK

OCM ULTRASONIC CORRIDOR CONFIGURATION CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR



90° CORNER CEILING/WALL MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

WALL SWITCH PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR COVERAGE AREA. WHERE DIGITAL LIGHTINGCOONTROLS ARE USED PER DETAILS ON THIS DRAWING, OCCUPANCYCOVERAGE SHALL BE (MINIMUM) EQUIVALENT TO SENSORS SPECIFIED ABOVE,EXCEPT DIGITAL TYPE PER MANUFACTURER LISTED ON DETAILS ON THISDRAWING.

90° CORNER CEILING MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR

OCC

ROOMCONTROLLER

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHINGINDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUMCOVERAGE. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE AND SHALL (ATMINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENT COVERAGE AS THOSE LISTED ON OCCUPANCYSHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATED RELAY FORHVAC CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOM OCCUPANCY CONTROLS ISREQUIRED TO BE INTERFACED WITH HVAC SYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICALDRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.



LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-1

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

TWO BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROLSTATION (QTY PER PLANS)

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-2

ZONE R-1

ZONE R-2


TYPICAL CLASSROOM/ZONED ROOMOCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

DIMMINGROOM

CONTROLLER


LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-1

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

THREE BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROL STATION(QTY PER PLANS)


TYPICAL CLASSROOM WITH DAYLIGHT ZONE-OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM

SCALE: NONE

ZONE R-1

ZONE R-2

ALL ON 100%


*ZONE D-1 SHALL DIM AS PART OF THE DAYLIGHT HARVESTING SYSTEM.BUTTON 3 SHALL OVERRIDE IT TO 100% OUTPUT FOR TESTING.

PHOTOCELL

LIGHTINGLOAD

ZONE R-2




NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FORSWITCHING INDICATED ON PLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUMCOVERAGE. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE ANDSHALL (AT MINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENT COVERAGE AS THOSE LISTEDON OCCUPANCY SHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATEDRELAY FOR HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOMOCCUPANCY CONTROLS IS REQUIRED TO BE INTERFACED WITH HVACSYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.


ROOMCONTROLLER

NOTES:

1.2.

3.4.5.

6.

BASIS OF DESIGN IS WATTSTOPPER DLM. nLIGHT IS APPROVED EQUAL.PROVIDE POWER PACKS AND SLAVE PACKS AS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHING INDICATED ONPLANS. REVISE DETAIL AS REQUIRED.MOUNT PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.ADJUST SENSITIVITY AND TIME DELAYS PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.PROVIDE QTY OF OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS REQUIRED FOR OPTIMUM COVERAGE.OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DIGITAL TYPE AND SHALL (AT MINIMUM) HAVE EQUIVALENTCOVERAGE AS THOSE LISTED ON OCCUPANCY SHCEDULE ON THIS DRAWING.PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROUGH ISOLATED RELAY FOR HVACCONTROL SYSTEM INTERFACE WHERE ROOM OCCUPANCY CONTROLS IS REQUIRED TO BEINTERFACED WITH HVAC SYSTEM. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION.

SCENCE (TYPICAL ALL ROOMS)1. TWO BUTTON: ALL ON/ALL OFF2. OCCUPANCY SENSORS SET TO AUTO OFF/MANUAL ON.

24V DCOCCUPANCY SENSOR(QTY PERPLANS)

LIGHTINGLOAD

N

H(UNSWITCHED)

TWO BUTTON SWITCH LOWVOLTAGE CONTROL STATION(QTY PER PLANS)

ON

OFF


SINGLE ZONE ROOM VACANCY OCCUPANCYSENSOR SETTING CONTROL WIRING

DIAGRAM (IN COMPLIANCE WITH IECC 2012)SCALE: NONE

1

ISSUE:

CHECKED:

SCALE:

© 2012 SHW Group

SHW Project:

SHEET TITLE:


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A



P 210.223.9588F 210.223.9589

TX REG. F-2872 EX. 01-31-2015

C:\

Revit

Lo

calF

iles\4

512.0

14.F

tS

am

HS

E13_E

To

maj.rv

t

7/2

2/2

014

4:0

3:4

1P

M

As indicated

ET

FT SAM HOUSTONINDEPENDENT SCHOOL

DISTRICT

FT SAM HOUSTON HSCAFETERIA-CLASSROOM

RENOVATIONS

- 4001 Winans Road, SanAntonio, Texas 78234

LIGHTING FIXTURESCHEDULE AND DETAILS

E6014512.014.00

06/25/2014

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE

TYPE DESCRIPTION LAMP MANUFACTURER (1) MODEL (1) MANUFACTURER (2) MODEL (2) MANUFACTURER (3) MODEL (3) COMMENTS

(E) EXISTING LED

FA 2' X 4' RECESSED LAY-IN VOLUMETRIC TROFFER (2) 28W T5 LITHONIA 2RT5-28T5-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLUMBIA EPC24-2-28-G-SH-U-EP DAY-BRITE 2-AT-W-G-2-28-D-UNV-1/2-EB95 PROVIDE FLANGE KIT WHERE INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING.

FA1 SAME AS TYPE "FA" EXCEPT WITH 0-10V DIMMING BALLAST --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FA1X SAME AS TYPE 'FA1X' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FAX SAME AS TYPE 'FA' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FB 2' X 4' RECESSED LAY-IN LENS TROFFER (2) 32W T8 LITHONIA 2GT8-X-3-32-FW-A12125-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLUMBIA 4PS24-232-G-FS-A12125-EP-U

DAY-BRITE 2-TG8-32-21-UNV-EB10R PROVIDE FLANGE KIT WHERE INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING.

FBX SAME AS TYPE 'FB' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FC 1X4 RECESSED FLANGED PRISMATIC TROFFER (2) 32W T8 LITHONIA GT8-F-2-32-FW-A12125-MVOLT-GEB10PS COLUMBIA 4PS14-232-G-FS-A12125-EP-U

DAY-BRITE 1-T-G-2-32-21-UNV-EB10R PROVIDE FLANGE KIT WHERE INSTALLED IN GYPSUM CEILING.

FCX SAME AS TYPE 'FC' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

FD 4' INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, SURFACE MOUNTED INDISPLAY CASE

(1) 32W T8 LITHONIA C-1-32-48-MVOLT COLUMBIA CS4-132-EP-U DAY-BRITE T-1-32-UNV SURFACE MOUNTED IN DISPLAY CASE. NO WIRE GUARD OR SHROUD.

FD1 4' INDUSTRIAL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE CHAIN HUNG (2) 32W T8 LITHONIA AF-2-32-MVOLT-GEB10PS-WGAFPV-HC36 COLUMBIA CSR-4-2-32-U-EP-U-CSRWG4-CSHC

DAY-BRITE 1FD-2-32-PP-UNV-EB10R MOUNT FIXTURES AT 8'-8" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PROVIDE HANGING CHAIN ANDWIRE GUARD.

FD1X SAME AS TYPE "FD1" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

OAX 6" EXTERIOR LED DOWNLIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK 3500K, 2200LUMEN LED

GOTHAM EVO-3500-2200-6AR-MD-LD-MVOLT-EL COLUMBIA LF6LEDG4-6LFLED7G4-40K-WT-EM

HE-WILLIAMS LED60-PH20/840-CS-EM/BSL17C/1

WET LOCATION LISTED.

OB LED WALL PACK 4000K, 4028LUMEN LED

LITHONIA WSQ LED-2-10A700/40K-SR3-MVOLT TERON LIGHTING CRNW-L233.6-100V-CGL-BZ-40K

GARDCO 104L-3-55LA-NC-UNIV MOUNT AT 10' AFF, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS.

OBX SAME AS TYPE "OB" EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

XA RED LED EXIT LIGHT LED LITHONIA TLE-X-R-ELN COLUMBIA LX-U-R-W-E-I EELP CA-1-R-B-A-EM-SD REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT.

1 07.22.2014 ADDENDUM #3

ADDENDUM #3 - OnlineAgencycontent.onlineagency.com/sites/85188/pdf/fshisd... · DRAWINGS: (Ft. Sam...

Documents

Transcript of ADDENDUM #3 - OnlineAgencycontent.onlineagency.com/sites/85188/pdf/fshisd... · DRAWINGS: (Ft. Sam...